munotes®

Accountancy and Financial Management - III Notes | B.Com. (Accountancy) Semester 3 | Mumbai University | munotes

Official Notes by munotes.in

Accountancy and Financial Management - III

B.COM. (ACCOUNTANCY) · SEMESTER 3

Strictly as per the University of Mumbai NEP 2020 syllabus set by the Board of Studies in Accountancy, circular item 8.3 (N), with every company law proposition cited to the Companies Act, 2013 and Schedule III

For SYBCom students of the University of Mumbai taking Accountancy as their Major, a degree now awarded as B.Com. (Commerce and Management) and examined as Bachelor of Commerce

Open the book ↓

Accountancy and Financial Management - III

Copyright © 2026 munotes.in. All rights reserved.

Written and first published by munotes.in, 2026.

This book is free for individual students to read at munotes.in. No part of it may be reproduced, distributed, stored, translated or used for institutional or classroom purposes in any form without a prior written licence from munotes.in.

Licensing and permissions: contact@munotes.in

The text of statutes and of judgments reproduced in this book is in the public domain under section 52(1)(q) of the Copyright Act 1957. The commentary, arrangement, examples and questions are the original work of munotes.in.

munotes.in is an independent study resource for MU students. It is not affiliated with, endorsed by, or officially connected to the University of Mumbai. Course names and university references describe the students and syllabus the material relates to.

munotes.in

Contents

Module I Amalgamation of Firms

  1. What Amalgamation of Firms Is, and Why It Happens 1
  2. The Two Types: Merger and Purchase 4
  3. What AS 14 Does, and Does Not, Govern 8
  4. Purchase Consideration: the Methods of Computing It 11
  5. Purchase Consideration, Worked Both Ways 15
  6. The Pooling of Interest Method 17
  7. The Purchase Method 20
  8. Pooling and Purchase Compared, on One Set of Figures 23
  9. The Realisation Account of the Old Firms 25
  10. Partners' Capital Accounts, and the Closing Entries 28
  11. Opening the Books of the New Firm 31
  12. Goodwill Arising on Amalgamation 34
  13. The Balance Sheet of the New Firm 37
  14. Adjustment of the Partners' Capitals in the New Firm 40
  15. A Complete Amalgamation, Worked 43
  16. Practice Questions: Amalgamation of Firms 46

Module II Conversion / Sale of a Partnership Firm into a Ltd. Company

  1. Why a Firm Converts, and What Changes 51
  2. The Realisation Method, and Why MU Allows Only It 54
  3. Calculating the Purchase Consideration on Conversion 57
  4. The Realisation Account on Conversion 60
  5. Assets and Liabilities Not Taken Over 63
  6. Discharge of the Consideration in Shares, Debentures and Cash 66
  7. Partners' Capital Accounts on Conversion 69
  8. Opening the Books of the New Company 72
  9. The Balance Sheet of the New Company 75
  10. A Complete Conversion, Worked 78
  11. Practice Questions: Conversion of a Firm 80

Module III Ascertainment and Treatment of Profit Prior to Incorporation

  1. What Profit Prior to Incorporation Is, and Why It Is Capital 84
  2. The Two Periods, and the Time Ratio 87
  3. The Sales Ratio, and When It Applies 90
  4. The Basis of Apportionment, Item by Item 93
  5. Items That Belong Wholly to One Period 96
  6. The Columnar Statement of Profit and Loss 99
  7. A Complete Computation, Worked 102
  8. Treatment of the Pre-incorporation and Post-incorporation Result 104
  9. Practice Questions: Profit Prior to Incorporation 107

Module IV Introduction to Company Accounts

  1. What a Company Is 111
  2. Types of Company 114
  3. Books of Account: Section 128 117
  4. The Statutory Books and Registers of a Public Company 120
  5. Financial Statements: Section 129 125
  6. Reopening, Revision, and Periodical Results 128
  7. Accounting Standards, and the Board's Report 131
  8. Circulation and Filing of the Financial Statements 135
  9. Schedule III: the Shape of It 138
  10. Current and Non-current: the Classification That Drives the Format 142
  11. The Balance Sheet, Part I of Schedule III 145
  12. The Statement of Profit and Loss, Part II of Schedule III 150
  13. The Notes to Accounts 154
  14. Final Accounts of a Company, Worked 158
  15. Practice Questions: Company Accounts 163
munotes.in

Module I

Amalgamation of Firms

munotes.in

Chapter One

What Amalgamation of Firms Is, and Why It Happens

Syllabus topic 1, "Introduction: Meaning, Concept and Case studies"

In one line

Two or more firms stop existing and one new firm takes their place, taking over the assets and liabilities they agree to transfer and admitting all their partners.

The transaction

Amalgamation of firms is the combination of two or more partnership firms into a single new firm. The partners of all the old firms become partners of the new one.

Three things happen at once, and they must be kept apart in the mind:

What happensIn whose books
The old firms are dissolvedTheir books are closed by realisationEach old firm's books
A price is agreedThe purchase consideration for what each firm bringsFixed by the agreement
A new firm is formedIt opens books and records what it has taken overThe new firm's books

So every problem in this module has two sets of books, and often three: two old firms and one new. Label every account with whose books it is in. A marker who cannot tell whose realisation account he is reading cannot give the marks.

Why firms amalgamate

Six reasons, and MU asks for case studies, so each is worth a line of illustration.

  • To end competition between two firms in the same trade in the same town.
  • To gain size, so that larger orders can be taken and better terms obtained from suppliers.
  • To pool complementary strengths - one firm with the customers and the other with the workshop.
  • To reduce cost by combining premises, staff and administration once instead of twice.
  • To secure capital, where one firm has money and the other has work.
  • To carry on a firm whose partners are retiring, by merging it into a going concern rather than winding it up.

The commercial reason matters to the accounting in one respect only, and it is worth saying: where the firms are genuinely pooling and continuing, the case for carrying book values across is stronger; where one is in substance buying the other, the case for fresh values is stronger. That is the distinction the next chapter turns into a rule.

What amalgamation is not

It is not admission of a partner. Admitting a partner changes the constitution of one firm; amalgamation ends two firms and starts a third.

It is not dissolution simpliciter. In dissolution the assets are sold, the creditors paid and the surplus divided. Here the assets and liabilities are taken over as a going concern by a new firm, and the partners receive their settlement in capital in the new firm rather than in cash.

It is not a sale of the business to a company. That is Module II, conversion, and the buyer there is a company with shares to issue.

munotes.in1

What Amalgamation of Firms Is, and Why It Happens

It is not a merger under the Companies Act. Sections 230 to 240 of the Companies Act 2013 govern schemes of arrangement between companies and require the Tribunal's sanction. A partnership amalgamation is a matter of contract between the partners and needs no court.

What the partners must agree

The deed of amalgamation settles six things, and a question gives them to you as its data:

  1. Which assets and liabilities each old firm transfers, and which it retains.
  2. At what values they are transferred.
  3. The purchase consideration for each old firm, and how it is discharged.
  4. The profit-sharing ratio in the new firm.
  5. The capital each partner is to have in the new firm, and how any shortfall or excess is settled.
  6. The treatment of goodwill, which the last chapter of this module takes up.

Read a question against that list before writing anything. Every one of the six will be in there somewhere, and finding them first is faster than discovering them halfway down a realisation account.

The order of work

Every full problem in this module is worked in the same order, and following it is half the marks:

StepWhat is doneWhere
1Compute the purchase consideration for each old firmWorking note
2Open a realisation account in each old firm and close its assets and liabilities into itOld firms' books
3Transfer the profit or loss on realisation to the partners' capital accounts in the old ratioOld firms' books
4Record the discharge of the consideration and close the old capital accountsOld firms' books
5Pass the opening entry in the new firm for what it has taken overNew firm's books
6Adjust capitals to the agreed ratio, bringing in or withdrawing cashNew firm's books
7Draw the balance sheet of the new firmNew firm's books

Steps two, three and four repeat for each old firm. Two firms means two realisation accounts, and running them together in one account is the surest way to lose the question.

What it does NOT mean

The new firm does not continue the old books. It opens its own.

The partners do not receive cash. They receive capital in the new firm, unless the agreement says otherwise.

Not every asset goes across. What is not taken over stays with the old partners, and the entry for it is the one students forget.

Quick revision

  • Amalgamation of firms: two or more firms dissolved, one new firm formed, all partners becoming partners of it.
  • Three things at once: old firms closed by realisation, a price agreed, new books opened.
  • Label whose books you are in. Two old firms means two realisation accounts.
  • Reasons: end competition, gain size, pool complementary strengths, cut cost, secure capital, continue a firm whose partners are retiring.
  • Not admission, not ordinary dissolution, not conversion into a company, and not a Companies Act merger, which needs the Tribunal.
  • The deed settles: what transfers, at what values, for what consideration, in what ratio, with what capitals, and how goodwill is treated.
  • Seven steps, in order, and steps two to four repeat per firm.
munotes.in2

What Amalgamation of Firms Is, and Why It Happens

Test yourself

1. What happens to the old firms on amalgamation? They are dissolved and their books closed through a realisation account, their assets and liabilities passing to the new firm at the agreed values.

2. How does amalgamation differ from ordinary dissolution? In dissolution the assets are realised in cash, the creditors paid and the surplus divided; in amalgamation they are taken over as a going concern by a new firm and the partners are settled by capital in that firm.

3. Why does a partnership amalgamation need no court order? Because it is a matter of contract between the partners, unlike a scheme of arrangement between companies, which requires the Tribunal's sanction under the Companies Act 2013.

4. Name the six things the deed of amalgamation must settle. Which assets and liabilities transfer, at what values, the purchase consideration and its discharge, the new profit-sharing ratio, the capital each partner is to have, and the treatment of goodwill.

5. How many realisation accounts does a problem with two old firms have? Two, one in the books of each old firm; running them together loses the question.

Answer in one sentence

What is amalgamation of firms? It is the combination of two or more partnership firms into a single new firm, in which the old firms are dissolved and their books closed through a realisation account, the assets and liabilities they agree to transfer pass to the new firm at agreed values for an agreed purchase consideration, and the partners of all the old firms become partners of the new one and are settled by capital in it rather than in cash; it is undertaken to end competition, gain size, pool complementary strengths, reduce cost, secure capital or continue a firm whose partners are retiring, and being a contract between partners it requires no order of any court.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in3

Chapter Two

The Two Types: Merger and Purchase

Syllabus topic 2, "Types of amalgamation – merger and purchase"

In one line

A merger is a genuine pooling in which the businesses and the owners both continue on the same book values; a purchase is everything else.

The distinction in substance

Ask two questions of the facts.

Do the owners of both firms continue as owners of the combined business, in substantially the same interest? If the partners of the old firms simply become partners of the new one, carrying their stake across, that is a pooling.

Are the book values carried across unchanged? If the assets and liabilities go into the new books at what they stood at in the old ones, nothing has been bought; the two sets of books have been added together.

If both answers are yes, it is a merger. If either is no, it is a purchase.

The five conditions, as the standard states them

AS 14 defines an amalgamation in the nature of merger as one satisfying ALL of the following, and its own words are:

(i) All the assets and liabilities of the transferor company become, after amalgamation, the assets and liabilities of the transferee company.

(ii) Shareholders holding not less than 90% of the face value of the equity shares of the transferor company (other than the equity shares already held therein, immediately before the amalgamation, by the transferee company or its subsidiaries or their nominees) become equity shareholders of the transferee company by virtue of the amalgamation.

(iii) The consideration for the amalgamation receivable by those equity shareholders of the transferor company who agree to become equity shareholders of the transferee company is discharged by the transferee company wholly by the issue of equity shares in the transferee company, except that cash may be paid in respect of any fractional shares.

(iv) The business of the transferor company is intended to be carried on, after the amalgamation, by the transferee company.

(v) No adjustment is intended to be made to the book values of the assets and liabilities of the transferor company when they are incorporated in the financial statements of the transferee company except to ensure uniformity of accounting policies.

And an amalgamation in the nature of purchase is defined negatively: one which does not satisfy any one or more of those conditions.

What the five conditions are actually testing

Read them again with the purpose beside each, because that is what makes them memorable and what lets you apply them to a firm.

ConditionWhat it tests
(i) All assets and liabilities passCompleteness. Nothing is left behind, so the whole business really has combined
(ii) 90 per cent of owners continue as ownersContinuity of ownership. The same people still own it
(iii) Consideration discharged wholly in equityNo cashing out. Owners take a stake, not a payment
(iv) The business is intended to be carried onContinuity of business. It is not being bought to be closed
(v) No adjustment to book valuesContinuity of measurement. The numbers are not restated
munotes.in4

The Two Types: Merger and Purchase

Three of the five are about continuity - of ownership, of business, and of measurement - and that is the idea to carry. A merger is a combination in which nothing is really disturbed but the name over the door.

Applying the test where the parties are firms

Conditions (ii) and (iii) speak of equity shares and shareholders, and a firm has neither. The next chapter deals with that squarely. For working a question, translate them:

The standard's conditionIts equivalent for firms
90 per cent of equity shareholders continueAll or substantially all partners of the old firms become partners of the new firm
Consideration discharged wholly by equity sharesThe consideration is credited to the partners as capital in the new firm, not paid out in cash

Say in an answer that you are translating. A sentence such as "the conditions are framed for companies; applied to firms they require that the partners continue as partners and are settled in capital rather than in cash" shows you know what you are doing, and it costs one line.

Why the type matters

Because it decides the method, and the method decides every figure in the new firm's balance sheet.

MergerPurchase
MethodPooling of interestPurchase method
Assets and liabilities recorded atExisting book valuesAgreed or fair values
Reserves of the old firmsCarried into the new booksNot carried; they merge into the consideration
Difference on considerationAdjusted in reservesGoodwill if consideration exceeds net assets; capital reserve if it falls short
Effect on the new balance sheetThe two old balance sheets, addedA fresh statement at agreed values

That table is the answer to the distinguish-between MU is most likely to set, and the chapter after next works both methods on one set of figures so that the differences can be seen rather than recited.

Worked test: which type is it?

State, with reasons, whether each is a merger or a purchase.

The factsTypeWhy
Both firms transfer everything; all partners join the new firm; each is credited with capital equal to his old capital; book values unchangedMergerAll five tests satisfied
Both firms transfer everything; all partners join; assets revalued upward before transferPurchaseCondition (v) fails: book values were adjusted
One firm's partner takes cash for his share and does not join the new firmPurchaseContinuity of ownership and the wholly-in-capital condition both fail
One firm retains its motor van, which the new firm does not wantPurchaseCondition (i) fails: not all assets pass
The new firm intends to close down one of the businesses it has takenPurchaseCondition (iv) fails
munotes.in5

The Two Types: Merger and Purchase

Row two is the one students get wrong. Revaluation alone makes it a purchase, even where everything and everybody has come across. Continuity of measurement is a condition, not a detail.

What it does NOT mean

A merger is not a friendly amalgamation and a purchase is not a hostile one. The test is the five conditions, not the mood of the negotiation.

A purchase does not require cash. It requires only that one of the five conditions fails.

"Purchase" here does not mean the purchase consideration. Every amalgamation has a purchase consideration; only some are amalgamations in the nature of purchase.

Quick revision

  • Merger satisfies all five conditions; purchase is one that fails any.
  • The five: all assets and liabilities pass; 90 per cent of owners continue; consideration wholly in equity; the business is to be carried on; no adjustment to book values.
  • Three of the five are about continuity - of ownership, of business, of measurement.
  • For firms, translate: all partners continue as partners, and are settled in capital, not cash. Say that you are translating.
  • Merger takes pooling of interest, at book values, carrying reserves across; purchase takes the purchase method, at agreed values, throwing up goodwill or capital reserve.
  • Revaluation alone makes it a purchase.

Test yourself

1. State the five conditions for a merger. That all the assets and liabilities of the transferor pass to the transferee; that holders of not less than ninety per cent of the face value of the equity shares of the transferor become equity shareholders of the transferee; that their consideration is discharged wholly by the issue of equity shares, apart from cash for fractions; that the business is intended to be carried on; and that no adjustment is made to book values except for uniformity of accounting policies.

2. How is an amalgamation in the nature of purchase defined? Negatively, as one which does not satisfy any one or more of the merger conditions.

3. Two firms combine, everything passes and all partners join, but the buildings are revalued before transfer. Which type is it? A purchase, because the condition against adjusting book values has failed, and the conditions are cumulative.

4. How do you apply conditions (ii) and (iii) to firms? By translating them: the partners of the old firms must all, or substantially all, become partners of the new firm, and their consideration must be credited as capital in the new firm rather than paid out; and the answer should say that the translation is being made.

munotes.in6

The Two Types: Merger and Purchase

5. Why does the type matter? Because it decides the method: a merger is accounted for by pooling of interest at book values with the reserves carried across, and a purchase by the purchase method at agreed values with the difference on the consideration going to goodwill or capital reserve.

Answer in one sentence

Distinguish the two types of amalgamation. An amalgamation in the nature of merger is one satisfying all five conditions - that all assets and liabilities pass, that holders of at least ninety per cent of the equity continue as owners, that their consideration is discharged wholly in equity, that the business is to be carried on, and that book values are not adjusted except for uniformity of policies - so that ownership, business and measurement all continue; an amalgamation in the nature of purchase is one that fails any of those, so that in substance one business has been bought; and the distinction decides everything that follows, since a merger is recorded by the pooling of interest method at existing book values with the reserves carried across, while a purchase is recorded by the purchase method at agreed values with any excess of consideration over net assets becoming goodwill and any shortfall a capital reserve.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in7

Chapter Three

What AS 14 Does, and Does Not, Govern

Syllabus topic 2 and 3, "Types of amalgamation" and "Accounting for amalgamation"

In one line

Take the vocabulary and the method from the standard, and do not claim the standard as your authority, because a partnership firm has no shareholders and no equity shares.

What the standard says about its own reach

This standard deals with accounting for amalgamations and the treatment of any resultant goodwill or reserves. This Standard is directed principally to companies although some of its requirements also apply to financial statements of other enterprises.

Read the middle clause carefully. It does not say the standard applies to partnerships; it says it is directed principally to companies, and that some of its requirements also apply to other enterprises. That is a statement of limited and uncertain reach, not of application.

Why the conditions cannot simply be applied to a firm

Look at what the merger test actually requires.

The conditionWhy a firm cannot satisfy it as written
Holders of not less than 90 per cent of the face value of the equity shares of the transferor become equity shareholders of the transfereeA firm has no equity shares and no shareholders. It has partners and capital accounts
The consideration is discharged wholly by the issue of equity shares, cash being paid only for fractional sharesA firm cannot issue shares. There are no fractions to pay for
The assets and liabilities of the transferor company become those of the transferee companyThe vocabulary throughout is of companies

Two of the five conditions are literally impossible for a partnership, and the other three are written in company terms. A student who writes "this satisfies AS 14 condition (ii)" of a firm has written something that cannot be true.

What may properly be taken from it

Three things, and each is a fact about the standard rather than an application of it.

The names of the two methods. AS 14 says there are two main methods of accounting for amalgamations, the pooling of interests method and the purchase method. MU uses those names, so the book uses them.

The content of each method. The standard says that under pooling the assets, liabilities and reserves of the transferor are recorded at their existing carrying amounts, and that the object of the purchase method is to account for the amalgamation by applying the same principles as are applied in the normal purchase of assets. Those descriptions transfer intact to firms, because neither depends on there being shares.

The idea behind the merger test. Continuity of ownership, of business and of measurement is a sound test wherever it is applied, and it can be restated for partners and capital accounts without distortion.

munotes.in8

What AS 14 Does, and Does Not, Govern

How to write it in an answer

One sentence does the whole job, and it earns marks rather than costing them:

The two methods take their names and their content from AS 14, Accounting for Amalgamations, which states that it is directed principally to companies; applied to the amalgamation of firms the conditions are read as requiring that the partners continue as partners of the new firm and are settled by capital in it rather than in cash.

What that sentence does. It shows you know the source, it shows you know its limits, and it tells the examiner you are applying the test by analogy deliberately rather than by mistake.

What to avoid. Do not write "as per AS 14, this amalgamation of the firms is in the nature of merger", flatly, as though the standard governed. It does not, and the sentence is checkable.

Where AS 14 does govern

It governs the amalgamation of companies, and that is Financial Accounting - III on this same line, in Semester V, where the transferor and transferee are companies and the consideration is discharged in shares.

Keep the two apart. This module's firms have partners, capital accounts and a realisation account. That paper's companies have shareholders, share capital and an amalgamation adjustment. The methods share their names and little else about the paperwork.

What it does NOT mean

The standard is not irrelevant. It supplies the vocabulary MU examines and the content of both methods.

Its text is not off limits. It is notified and therefore Gazette matter, so it may be quoted with attribution.

The five conditions are not useless for firms. They are translated, and the answer says it is translating.

Quick revision

  • AS 14 states that it "is directed principally to companies" although some requirements also apply to other enterprises.
  • Two of its five merger conditions are impossible for a firm: ninety per cent of equity shareholders, and discharge wholly by the issue of equity shares.
  • Take from it: the names of the two methods; the content of each, pooling at existing carrying amounts and purchase on normal purchase-of-assets principles; and the idea of continuity.
  • Do not take from it: the claim that it governs. Say you are applying the test by analogy.
  • It does govern the amalgamation of companies, which is a different paper.

Test yourself

1. What does AS 14 say about its own scope? That it is directed principally to companies, although some of its requirements also apply to the financial statements of other enterprises.

2. Which two merger conditions cannot be satisfied by a firm, and why? The condition requiring holders of ninety per cent of the face value of the equity shares to become equity shareholders of the transferee, and the condition requiring the consideration to be discharged wholly by the issue of equity shares, because a firm has neither shares nor shareholders.

munotes.in9

What AS 14 Does, and Does Not, Govern

3. What may properly be cited from the standard? The names of the pooling of interests and purchase methods, the content of each, and the underlying idea of continuity of ownership, business and measurement.

4. Write the sentence that should appear in an answer. That the two methods take their names and content from AS 14, which states that it is directed principally to companies, and that applied to firms its conditions are read as requiring the partners to continue as partners settled by capital rather than cash.

5. Where does AS 14 actually govern? The amalgamation of companies, which is examined in Financial Accounting - III in Semester V, where there are shareholders and shares to issue.

Answer in one sentence

What is the standing of AS 14 in this module? It supplies the vocabulary and the content that MU examines, the names of the pooling of interests and purchase methods and the description of each, and the underlying test of continuity in ownership, business and measurement; but it states in its own opening words that it is directed principally to companies, and two of its five merger conditions, requiring ninety per cent of equity shareholders to continue and the consideration to be discharged wholly by the issue of equity shares, are impossible for a partnership firm which has neither shares nor shareholders, so the standard is cited for what it says and the test is applied to firms by an analogy that the answer should state it is making.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in10

Chapter Four

Purchase Consideration: the Methods of Computing It

Syllabus topic 4, "Computation of Purchase consideration"

In one line

Purchase consideration is the price the new firm pays for what it takes over, and it is computed either by valuing what it received or by adding up what it agreed to pay.

The definition to start from

AS 14 defines it for companies, and the definition translates cleanly:

Consideration for the amalgamation means the aggregate of the shares and other securities issued and the payment made in the form of cash or other assets by the transferee company to the shareholders of the transferor company.

Two features of that definition decide most questions.

It is what is given to the OWNERS. Payments made to anybody else - to the creditors of the old firm, for instance - are not part of the consideration. The creditors are paid because the liability was taken over, not as a price.

It is the aggregate of everything given, in whatever form: capital credited, cash, assets transferred, securities. A question that pays partly in cash and partly in capital wants both added.

Method one: net assets

Take the agreed value of the assets taken over and subtract the agreed value of the liabilities taken over.

Agreed value of assets taken overx
Less: agreed value of liabilities taken overx
= Purchase considerationx

Four rules govern it, and each is a mark.

Use the AGREED values, not the book values. Where the question gives a revised figure for an asset, that is the figure. Where it gives none, the book value stands.

Include only what is TAKEN OVER. An asset the new firm does not want, and a liability it does not assume, are excluded from both sides. They remain with the old partners and are dealt with in their capital accounts.

Goodwill is included if it is being taken over at a value, and excluded if the question is silent.

Do not deduct the partners' capitals or reserves. They are not liabilities of the firm to outsiders; they are the owners' own claim, and deducting them computes something that is not the consideration.

External liabilities, and a liability taken over at a different value

Added by the past-paper check. MU asks "External Liabilities" as a short note, and she sets the takeover of a liability at other than its book value in terms: "Rebate on the liabilities of creditors to be provided at 2 per cent", and "The Company has also agreed to take over Sundry Creditors at Rs 82,000" where the books show Rs 96,000.

External liabilities are the firm's debts to persons OUTSIDE it. Creditors, bills payable, bank overdraft, outstanding expenses, a loan from an outsider. They are what the net assets method deducts.

munotes.in11

Purchase Consideration: the Methods of Computing It

Not an external liabilityWhy
Partners' capital accountsThe owners' own claim on the firm
Partners' current accountsThe same claim, in another account
General reserve and other free reservesUndistributed profit, belonging to the partners
A partner's loan to the firmOwed to an insider; settled through his account, not deducted as an outside debt unless the question says the new firm takes it over
Provision for doubtful debtsNot a debt at all; it reduces debtors on the asset side

A liability taken over at an agreed value is deducted at the AGREED value. The rule that agreed values govern is not confined to assets. Where the buyer takes creditors of Rs 96,000 at Rs 82,000, the consideration deducts Rs 82,000, and the Rs 14,000 rebate raises the consideration by that much.

Worked, and it checks itself.

A firm's books show building Rs 2,00,000, stock Rs 1,00,000 and debtors Rs 60,000, besides cash which is not taken over, and creditors Rs 96,000. The buyer values the building at Rs 2,40,000, the stock at Rs 90,000 and the debtors at Rs 54,000 after a ten per cent provision, and agrees to take over the creditors at Rs 82,000.

Rs
Building, agreed2,40,000
Stock, agreed90,000
Debtors, agreed54,000
Agreed value of assets taken over3,84,000
Rs
Agreed value of assets taken over3,84,000
Less: creditors, at the agreed figure(82,000)
Purchase consideration3,02,000

And the realisation account still uses BOOK values on both sides, which is the point students miss.

Rs
Realisation A/c, debited with assets at book value3,60,000
Realisation A/c, credited with creditors at book value96,000
Realisation A/c, credited with the purchase consideration3,02,000
Profit on realisation38,000

Prove it the other way.

Rs
Gain on the assets, 3,84,000 less 3,60,00024,000
Gain on the creditors, 96,000 less 82,00014,000
Profit on realisation38,000

The two agree, and they must. The rebate is a gain to the old firm's partners, and it reaches them through a larger consideration, not through a separate entry.

Method two: net payment

Add up everything the new firm agrees to give the partners of the old firm.

Capital credited in the new firmx
Cash paidx
Any other asset or security givenx
= Purchase considerationx

Three rules.

Take the amounts actually agreed, not what the net assets happen to be worth.

Ignore the values of the individual assets and liabilities entirely. Under this method they do not enter the computation; they enter the entries afterwards.

Include payments to the partners only. A payment the new firm makes to a creditor of the old firm is the discharge of a liability it assumed, not a payment for the business.

munotes.in12

Purchase Consideration: the Methods of Computing It

Which method to use

The question decides, and it decides by what it gives you.

The question statesUse
Revised or agreed values for the assets and liabilities taken overNet assets
The capital to be credited to each partner, or the cash and shares to be givenNet payment
BothBoth, and the difference is goodwill or capital reserve

Where the question names the method, use the one it names even if the other looks easier. The marks are for the method as much as the figure.

When the two differ

Where the question gives enough for both and the answers differ, that is not an error; it is the point.

Meaning
Net payment exceeds net assetsThe new firm paid more than the things were worth. The excess is goodwill
Net assets exceed net paymentThe new firm paid less than the things were worth. The shortfall is capital reserve

Under the purchase method those two words are where the difference lands. Under pooling there is no such difference to land, because both sides are recorded at existing book values and any adjustment goes to reserves.

The four items students get wrong

ItemWhere it goes
A liability not taken over, for instance a bank loan the old firm keepsOut of the computation; the old firm discharges it in its own realisation account
An asset not taken over, for instance cash retainedOut of the computation; it goes to the partners
Realisation expenses borne by the old firmNot part of the consideration; a debit in the realisation account
Partners' capitals and reserves in the old balance sheetNever deducted; they are the owners' claim, not a liability

What it does NOT mean

The purchase consideration is not the total of the old balance sheet. It is the net of what was taken over.

It is not the amount paid to creditors. It is the amount given to the partners.

The two methods are not alternatives to choose between at will. The question's data decide.

Quick revision

  • Consideration = the aggregate of everything given to the owners, in any form.
  • Net assets method: agreed value of assets taken over less agreed value of liabilities taken over.
  • Net payment method: capital credited plus cash plus anything else given to the partners.
  • Only what is taken over counts, on either side.
  • Never deduct partners' capitals or reserves.
  • Where both can be computed and they differ: payment above assets is goodwill, payment below assets is capital reserve.
  • Payments to creditors are the discharge of a liability assumed, not consideration.

Test yourself

1. Define purchase consideration. The aggregate of the capital credited, shares or securities issued and payments made in cash or other assets by the acquiring firm to the partners of the old firm for the business taken over.

munotes.in13

Purchase Consideration: the Methods of Computing It

2. Under the net assets method, is a bank loan the new firm refuses to take deducted? No. Only liabilities actually taken over are deducted; one that is not taken over is left with the old firm and discharged in its realisation account.

3. Why are partners' capitals never deducted? Because they are the owners' own claim on the firm and not a liability to an outsider, so deducting them computes something that is not the consideration.

4. The net payment is Rs 5,00,000 and the net assets Rs 4,80,000. What is the difference? Goodwill of Rs 20,000, because the new firm has agreed to give more than the net assets taken over are worth.

5. Which method do you use if the question gives the agreed values of the assets? The net assets method; if it gives the capital to be credited and the cash to be paid, the net payment method; and if it gives both, compute both, because the difference is goodwill or capital reserve.

Answer in one sentence

How is the purchase consideration computed? It is the aggregate of everything the new firm gives to the partners of the old firm, and it is arrived at either by the net assets method, taking the agreed value of the assets taken over and deducting the agreed value of the liabilities taken over, counting only what actually passes and never deducting the partners' own capitals or reserves, or by the net payment method, adding the capital credited to each partner, the cash paid and anything else given, ignoring the individual asset and liability values entirely; the question's data decide which applies, and where both can be computed the excess of the payment over the net assets is goodwill while the shortfall is a capital reserve.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in14

Chapter Five

Purchase Consideration, Worked Both Ways

Syllabus topic 4, "Computation of Purchase consideration"

The question

P and Q are partners sharing profits equally. Their balance sheet as at 31 March 2027 is:

LiabilitiesRsAssetsRs
Creditors90,000Land and building2,00,000
Bank loan60,000Plant and machinery1,50,000
General reserve50,000Stock1,00,000
Capital: P2,40,000Debtors90,000
Capital: Q1,60,000Cash60,000
Total6,00,000Total6,00,000

The firm amalgamates into PQR & Co. The new firm takes over all the assets except the cash, and the creditors. The bank loan is not taken over. The assets are taken at: land and building Rs 2,60,000; plant and machinery Rs 1,30,000; stock Rs 95,000; debtors at book value less a provision of Rs 5,000. The creditors are taken over at book value. The new firm credits P with capital of Rs 3,30,000 and Q with Rs 1,70,000.

Compute the purchase consideration by both methods and explain the difference.

Method one: net assets

Take the agreed values, and only of what is taken over.

Assets taken overRs
Land and building2,60,000
Plant and machinery1,30,000
Stock95,000
Debtors, Rs 90,000 less provision Rs 5,00085,000
Total assets taken over5,70,000
Rs
Assets taken over5,70,000
Less: creditors taken over90,000
Purchase consideration, net assets method4,80,000

Three items are absent from that computation and each absence is deliberate.

The cash of Rs 60,000 is not there, because the new firm did not take it. It stays with the old firm and goes to the partners.

The bank loan of Rs 60,000 is not there, because the new firm did not assume it. The old firm must discharge it out of its own resources.

The general reserve of Rs 50,000 and the two capitals are not there, because they are the partners' own claim and not liabilities to outsiders. Deducting them would compute something that is not the consideration.

Method two: net payment

Add up what the new firm agreed to give the partners.

Rs
Capital credited to P3,30,000
Capital credited to Q1,70,000
Purchase consideration, net payment method5,00,000

Nothing else enters. No asset value, no liability, no cash, because under this method the computation looks only at what was promised to the partners.

The difference

Rs
Purchase consideration by net payment5,00,000
Less: net assets taken over4,80,000
Goodwill20,000

Read that as a sentence. The new firm agreed to give P and Q capital of Rs 5,00,000 for a set of assets and liabilities worth Rs 4,80,000. It paid Rs 20,000 more than the things were worth, and it paid it for the business rather than for the things - which is what goodwill is.

Had the figures run the other way - a payment of Rs 4,60,000 against net assets of Rs 4,80,000 - the difference of Rs 20,000 would be a capital reserve, the new firm having acquired more than it gave.

munotes.in15

Purchase Consideration, Worked Both Ways

Which figure the entries use

This is where students go wrong after getting both numbers right.

In the OLD firm's books, the purchase consideration is the figure the new firm owes it, and that is the net payment, Rs 5,00,000. It is debited to the new firm and credited to realisation.

In the NEW firm's books, the assets and liabilities come in at their agreed values, and the balancing figure is goodwill. So the opening entry is:

Dr, RsCr, Rs
Land and building2,60,000
Plant and machinery1,30,000
Stock95,000
Debtors85,000
Goodwill20,000
To Creditors90,000
To P's capital3,30,000
To Q's capital1,70,000
Total5,90,0005,90,000

The entry balances because goodwill is the plug, and that is precisely what the two methods together have computed.

The check to run

Add the debits and the credits of the opening entry. They come to Rs 5,90,000 each. If they do not, one of three things has happened: an asset not taken over has been included, a liability not taken over has been assumed, or the goodwill has been computed against the wrong consideration.

In short

  • Net assets method: Rs 5,70,000 of assets less Rs 90,000 of creditors = Rs 4,80,000.
  • Net payment method: Rs 3,30,000 plus Rs 1,70,000 = Rs 5,00,000.
  • The difference of Rs 20,000 is goodwill.
  • Cash and the bank loan are excluded from everything, because neither was taken over.
  • Reserves and capitals are never deducted.
  • The old firm's books use the net payment; the new firm's books use the agreed values with goodwill as the balancing figure.

Answer in one sentence

Compute the purchase consideration and explain the difference between the methods. By the net assets method it is the agreed value of the assets taken over, Rs 5,70,000, less the creditors taken over, Rs 90,000, giving Rs 4,80,000, the cash and the bank loan being excluded because neither passes and the reserve and capitals being excluded because they are the partners' own claim; by the net payment method it is the capital credited to the partners, Rs 3,30,000 to P and Rs 1,70,000 to Q, giving Rs 5,00,000; and the excess of Rs 20,000 that the second shows over the first is goodwill, being the amount the new firm has agreed to give for the business over and above the value of the things it received, which appears as the balancing debit in the opening entry of the new firm.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in16

Chapter Six

The Pooling of Interest Method

Syllabus topic 3, "Accounting for amalgamation – Pooling of interest method and purchase method"

In one line

The two sets of books are added together at their existing figures, and any difference on the consideration is adjusted in reserves rather than shown as goodwill.

The rule

AS 14's own statement of the method:

Under the pooling of interests method, the assets, liabilities and reserves of the transferor company are recorded by the transferee company at their existing carrying amounts (after making the adjustments required in paragraph 11).

And the adjustment paragraph 11 refers to: where the amalgamating parties have conflicting accounting policies, a uniform set of accounting policies is adopted after the amalgamation.

So there is exactly one permitted change, and it is not a revaluation. If one firm depreciated on the straight line and the other on the reducing balance, one of them is restated to match. Nothing else moves.

What crosses, and at what figure

ItemRecorded in the new firm at
Fixed assetsExisting book value
Stock, debtors, cashExisting book value
Liabilities taken overExisting book value
Reserves of the old firmsCarried across as reserves
GoodwillNone arises

The third row is what makes pooling distinctive. In every other treatment in this module the old firm's reserves disappear into the settlement with its partners. Under pooling they survive the amalgamation and appear on the new firm's balance sheet.

The reason follows from the merger test. If nothing has been bought and nobody has cashed out, then nothing has been distributed either, so the accumulated profits of the old firms are still accumulated profits of the same owners in the combined firm.

Where a difference goes

A difference can still arise, because the capital credited to the partners in the new firm need not equal the capital they had in the old ones.

The difference between the amount recorded as capital and the amount of the capital of the transferor is adjusted in reserves.

Not goodwill, and not a capital reserve on the face of the statement. Reserves. That is the second distinctive feature, and it is the answer to "how is the difference treated under the pooling of interest method".

The entries

In the old firm's books the ordinary closing entries run: assets and liabilities to realisation, the consideration due from the new firm debited to it, and the partners' capitals settled.

In the new firm's books the opening entry takes everything at book value:

DrCr
Each asset taken over, at book valuex
To each liability taken over, at book valuex
To reserves, at the old figurex
To each partner's capital accountx

And the entry balances without a plug, because nothing has been revalued. If it does not balance, either a value has been altered or a reserve has been left out.

munotes.in17

The Pooling of Interest Method

Why the method exists

Because in a genuine pooling there is no transaction to record. Nobody sold anything and nobody bought anything; two groups of owners who each had a business now jointly have both. Recognising goodwill in those circumstances would be recognising a gain on doing nothing, and revaluing the assets would be restating them on an event that did not change them.

That is the argument to give when a question asks why the method is used, and it is better than saying "because it is a merger", which restates the rule rather than explaining it.

The consequences, which examiners ask about

ConsequenceWhy
No goodwill appearsNothing was bought, so nothing was paid over the value
The reserves of the old firms surviveNothing was distributed
Reported profits after the amalgamation are higher than under purchaseAssets carry lower book values, so depreciation is lower
The new balance sheet total is lowerNo revaluation surplus and no goodwill
The figures are comparable with the old firms'Nothing was restated

The third row is the one worth an extra sentence in an answer. A firm that pools carries its plant at the old written-down value and charges depreciation on that; a firm that uses the purchase method carries it at the higher agreed value and charges more. The method chosen changes reported profit for years afterwards.

What it does NOT mean

Pooling is not an option to choose. It is confined to amalgamations that meet the merger conditions.

"No adjustment" is not absolute. Accounting policies may be made uniform.

The reserves are not the partners' capital. They cross as reserves and stay reserves.

A difference is not goodwill. It is adjusted in reserves.

Quick revision

  • Assets, liabilities and reserves cross at existing carrying amounts.
  • The only permitted adjustment is to make accounting policies uniform.
  • No goodwill arises, and any difference on the capital is adjusted in reserves.
  • The opening entry balances without a plug.
  • Use is confined to amalgamations meeting the merger conditions.
  • Consequences: reserves survive, later profits are higher than under purchase, the balance sheet total is lower, and the figures stay comparable.

Test yourself

1. At what values are assets and liabilities recorded under pooling? At their existing carrying amounts in the books of the transferor, with the only permitted adjustment being to adopt a uniform set of accounting policies.

2. What happens to the reserves of the old firms? They are carried across and appear as reserves of the new firm, because nothing has been distributed.

3. Where does a difference on the capital go? It is adjusted in reserves, not treated as goodwill or shown as a capital reserve on the face of the statement.

munotes.in18

The Pooling of Interest Method

4. Why does no goodwill arise? Because nothing has been bought: in a genuine pooling the same owners jointly hold both businesses, so recognising goodwill would recognise a gain on a transaction that did not occur.

5. How does the choice of method affect later profits? Under pooling the assets carry their old lower book values, so depreciation is lower and reported profit higher than under the purchase method, and the effect lasts for the life of the assets.

Answer in one sentence

Explain the pooling of interest method. It is the method confined to amalgamations in the nature of merger, under which the assets, liabilities and reserves of the old firms are recorded by the new firm at their existing carrying amounts, the only permitted adjustment being the adoption of a uniform set of accounting policies where the old firms' policies conflicted, so that no asset is revalued, the accumulated reserves survive the amalgamation because nothing has been distributed, no goodwill arises because nothing has been bought, and any difference between the capital credited to the partners and the capital they previously held is adjusted in reserves; the consequence is a new balance sheet that is simply the old ones added together, with a lower total, comparable figures and, because the assets carry their old values, lower depreciation and higher reported profit in the years that follow than the purchase method would give.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in19

Chapter Seven

The Purchase Method

Syllabus topic 3, "Accounting for amalgamation – Pooling of interest method and purchase method"

In one line

The new firm records what it bought at what it agreed the things were worth, and the gap between that and what it paid is goodwill or capital reserve.

The rule

AS 14's own statement of the object of the method:

The object of the purchase method is to account for the amalgamation by applying the same principles as are applied in the normal purchase of assets. This method is used in accounting for amalgamations in the nature of purchase.

That single sentence answers most questions about the method. Ask what an ordinary business does when it buys a set of assets: it records them at what it agreed to pay for each, and if it paid more for the package than the parts are worth, the excess is goodwill. The purchase method does exactly that.

What crosses, and at what figure

ItemRecorded in the new firm at
Fixed assetsAgreed or fair value
Stock, debtorsAgreed value, debtors usually net of an agreed provision
Liabilities taken overAgreed value
Reserves of the old firmsNot carried across. They are the partners' claim and are settled with them
The difference on the considerationGoodwill or capital reserve

The fourth row is the pivot between the two methods. Under pooling the reserves survive; under purchase they do not, because the old partners have been paid for their whole interest, reserves included, in the consideration. Carrying them across as well would credit the same amount twice.

The difference, and its two names

Which wayWhat it is
Consideration greater than net assets taken overThe firm paid more than the things are worthGoodwill, an asset
Consideration less than net assets taken overThe firm paid less than the things are worthCapital reserve

Neither is an error. Goodwill says the business was worth more than its parts, which is the ordinary reason for buying a business rather than a list of assets. A capital reserve says the opposite, and it arises where the sellers were willing to take less than the net worth, usually because they wanted out.

Goodwill in the new firm's books is then dealt with under the goodwill chapter later in this module, where it is either retained or written off against the partners' capitals in the new profit-sharing ratio.

The entries

In the old firm's books, exactly as before: assets and liabilities to realisation, the consideration debited to the new firm, the profit or loss on realisation to the partners in the old ratio, and the settlement.

In the new firm's books, the opening entry:

DrCr
Each asset taken over, at agreed valuex
Goodwill, if the consideration exceeds the net assetsx
To each liability taken over, at agreed valuex
To capital reserve, if the net assets exceed the considerationx
To each partner's capital account, with the considerationx
munotes.in20

The Purchase Method

Goodwill and capital reserve never appear together in the same entry for the same firm. One or the other, or neither where the figures agree exactly.

Where two old firms are taken over, compute the difference separately for each. One may throw up goodwill and the other a capital reserve, and they are not netted before being recorded, though they may appear on the same balance sheet.

Realisation profit in the old firm

A point students miss. Under the purchase method the assets are taken over at values different from book values, so the old firm's realisation account shows a profit or loss on realisation, which goes to the old partners in their old profit-sharing ratio.

That profit is not the same thing as goodwill. Realisation profit belongs to the old firm and increases its partners' capitals; goodwill belongs to the new firm and is the excess of what it agreed to pay over what it received. Two different accounts, in two different sets of books.

Why the method exists

Because a purchase has occurred and a purchase is recorded at its price. Where the owners have changed, or the business has been bought to be reorganised, or the parties themselves have struck new values, the old book figures no longer describe anything, and carrying them forward would report a business at numbers nobody agreed to.

The consequences

ConsequenceWhy
Goodwill may appear on the new balance sheetThe consideration exceeded the net assets
The reserves of the old firms disappearThe partners were paid for their whole interest
The balance sheet total is higher than under poolingRevalued assets, and goodwill
Later profits are lowerHigher asset values mean higher depreciation
Comparison with the old firms' figures breaksEverything has been restated

What it does NOT mean

The purchase method is not only for hostile takeovers. It applies whenever any one merger condition fails, including a mere revaluation.

Goodwill is not the realisation profit. Different books, different meaning.

Capital reserve is not a mistake. It is what a bargain purchase looks like.

Agreed value is not always fair value. It is what the parties agreed, and the question supplies it.

Quick revision

  • The object is to apply the same principles as a normal purchase of assets.
  • Assets and liabilities enter at agreed values; the old firms' reserves do not cross.
  • Consideration above net assets = goodwill; below = capital reserve.
  • Compute the difference separately for each old firm.
  • The old firm shows a realisation profit or loss in the old ratio; that is not goodwill.
  • Consequences: higher balance sheet total, lower later profits through higher depreciation, and a break in comparability.
munotes.in21

The Purchase Method

Test yourself

1. State the object of the purchase method. To account for the amalgamation by applying the same principles as are applied in the normal purchase of assets.

2. What happens to the old firms' reserves? They are not carried across; the partners have been paid for their whole interest, reserves included, in the consideration, so carrying them over as well would credit the same amount twice.

3. The consideration is Rs 4,60,000 and the net assets taken over Rs 4,80,000. What is recorded? A capital reserve of Rs 20,000, the firm having acquired more than it gave.

4. Distinguish goodwill from the realisation profit. Goodwill arises in the new firm's books as the excess of the consideration over the net assets it received; realisation profit arises in the old firm's books as the excess of the consideration over the book value of what it gave up, and it is credited to the old partners in their old ratio.

5. How does the method affect profits in later years? It lowers them, because the assets are carried at higher agreed values and therefore attract higher depreciation than they would have under pooling.

Answer in one sentence

Explain the purchase method. It is the method used for an amalgamation in the nature of purchase, and its object is to account for the transaction by applying the same principles as a normal purchase of assets, so the new firm records the assets and liabilities it takes over at their agreed values rather than at book values, does not carry across the old firms' reserves because the partners have already been paid for their whole interest in the consideration, and recognises the difference between the consideration and the net assets received as goodwill where it paid more and as a capital reserve where it paid less, that difference being computed separately for each old firm and being a different thing from the profit or loss on realisation which arises in the old firm's own books and belongs to its partners in their old ratio.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in22

Chapter Eight

Pooling and Purchase Compared, on One Set of Figures

Syllabus topic 3, "Accounting for amalgamation – Pooling of interest method and purchase method"

The question

A & Co (A and B, sharing equally) and C & Co (C and D, sharing equally) amalgamate into ABCD & Co. Their balance sheets are:

A & Co

LiabilitiesRsAssetsRs
Creditors40,000Building1,00,000
General reserve20,000Stock60,000
Capital: A1,00,000Debtors40,000
Capital: B60,000Cash20,000
Total2,20,000Total2,20,000

C & Co

LiabilitiesRsAssetsRs
Creditors30,000Building70,000
General reserve10,000Stock50,000
Capital: C80,000Debtors30,000
Capital: D40,000Cash10,000
Total1,60,000Total1,60,000

All assets and liabilities pass to the new firm.

Show the balance sheet of ABCD & Co (i) if the amalgamation is in the nature of merger, and (ii) if it is in the nature of purchase, the assets in that case being taken at: building A & Co Rs 1,20,000 and C & Co Rs 85,000; stock Rs 55,000 and Rs 45,000; debtors Rs 38,000 and Rs 28,000; cash at book value; and the purchase consideration being agreed at Rs 2,10,000 for A & Co and Rs 1,50,000 for C & Co.

Part one: the merger, by pooling of interest

Nothing is revalued, so the two balance sheets are added.

AssetsA & Co, RsC & Co, RsNew firm, Rs
Building1,00,00070,0001,70,000
Stock60,00050,0001,10,000
Debtors40,00030,00070,000
Cash20,00010,00030,000
Total2,20,0001,60,0003,80,000

Balance sheet of ABCD & Co, merger

LiabilitiesRsAssetsRs
Creditors70,000Building1,70,000
General reserve30,000Stock1,10,000
Capital: A1,00,000Debtors70,000
Capital: B60,000Cash30,000
Capital: C80,000
Capital: D40,000
Total3,80,000Total3,80,000

Three things to notice, and each is worth naming in an answer.

The general reserves of both firms survive, at Rs 20,000 plus Rs 10,000, and appear as Rs 30,000 in the new firm.

Each partner's capital is exactly what it was. Nothing was bought, so nothing was settled.

There is no goodwill, and the statement balanced without one.

Part two: the purchase, by the purchase method

Step one: the net assets taken over from each firm.

A & Co, RsC & Co, Rs
Building1,20,00085,000
Stock55,00045,000
Debtors38,00028,000
Cash20,00010,000
Assets taken over2,33,0001,68,000
A & Co, RsC & Co, Rs
Assets taken over2,33,0001,68,000
Less: creditors taken over40,00030,000
Net assets1,93,0001,38,000

Step two: the goodwill, computed separately for each firm.

A & Co, RsC & Co, Rs
Purchase consideration2,10,0001,50,000
Less: net assets taken over1,93,0001,38,000
Goodwill17,00012,000

Total goodwill Rs 29,000. Computed firm by firm, as the previous chapter required, and only then added for presentation.

Step three: the balance sheet.

munotes.in23

Pooling and Purchase Compared, on One Set of Figures

LiabilitiesRsAssetsRs
Creditors70,000Goodwill29,000
Capital: A and B, being the consideration for A & Co2,10,000Building2,05,000
Capital: C and D, being the consideration for C & Co1,50,000Stock1,00,000
Debtors66,000
Cash30,000
Total4,30,000Total4,30,000

Three things to notice here too.

The general reserves have gone. They were part of what the partners were paid for, and the consideration includes them.

The capitals are no longer the old capitals. They are the consideration, split between the partners of each old firm in their old ratio.

Goodwill appears, at Rs 29,000.

The reconciliation

The two totals differ by Rs 50,000, and every rupee of it can be accounted for.

Rs
Revaluation surplus, A & Co: building up 20,000, stock down 5,000, debtors down 2,00013,000
Revaluation surplus, C & Co: building up 15,000, stock down 5,000, debtors down 2,0008,000
Goodwill, A & Co17,000
Goodwill, C & Co12,000
Total difference50,000
Rs
Balance sheet total under purchase4,30,000
Less: balance sheet total under merger3,80,000
Difference50,000

Run that reconciliation whenever a question asks for both. It proves the two answers against each other, and it is the difference between an answer that produced two statements and one that understood them.

The comparison, drawn out

Merger, poolingPurchase
Assets recorded atBook valueAgreed value
Old firms' reservesSurvive, Rs 30,000Gone
Partners' capitalsUnchangedThe consideration
GoodwillNoneRs 29,000
Balance sheet totalRs 3,80,000Rs 4,30,000
Depreciation in later yearsLowerHigher, on a building of Rs 2,05,000 rather than Rs 1,70,000

The last row is the one to close an answer on. The choice of method is not a presentational preference; it changes the depreciation charge, and therefore the reported profit, for as long as the assets are held.

In short

  • Merger: add the two balance sheets. Reserves survive, capitals unchanged, no goodwill, total Rs 3,80,000.
  • Purchase: assets at agreed values, reserves gone, capitals replaced by the consideration, goodwill Rs 29,000, total Rs 4,30,000.
  • Goodwill is computed firm by firm, Rs 17,000 and Rs 12,000, and added only for presentation.
  • The difference of Rs 50,000 reconciles exactly as revaluation surplus of Rs 21,000 plus goodwill of Rs 29,000.
  • The method chosen changes depreciation, and therefore profit, for years.

Answer in one sentence

Compare the two methods on the same amalgamation. Under the pooling of interest method nothing is revalued, so the two balance sheets are simply added, the general reserves of Rs 20,000 and Rs 10,000 survive as Rs 30,000, each partner's capital stands unchanged, no goodwill arises and the total is Rs 3,80,000; under the purchase method the assets enter at their agreed values, the reserves disappear because the partners have been paid for them in the consideration, the capitals are replaced by that consideration of Rs 2,10,000 and Rs 1,50,000, goodwill of Rs 17,000 and Rs 12,000 is computed separately for each firm and shown as Rs 29,000, and the total is Rs 4,30,000; and the difference of Rs 50,000 reconciles exactly as the revaluation surplus of Rs 21,000 plus the goodwill of Rs 29,000, with the consequence that the higher asset values will carry a higher depreciation charge, and so a lower reported profit, for as long as the assets are held.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in24

Chapter Nine

The Realisation Account of the Old Firms

Syllabus topic 5, "Journal/ledger accounts of old firms"

In one line

The realisation account closes the old firm: every asset and liability leaves the books through it, the consideration comes in through it, and what is left over is the profit or loss on realisation.

What goes on each side

Debit sideCredit side
All assets transferred, at book valueAll liabilities taken over, at book value
Cash paid to discharge a liability not taken overThe purchase consideration, due from the new firm
Realisation expenses borne by the old firmCash realised on any asset not taken over, if sold
Profit on realisation, transferred to the partnersLoss on realisation, transferred to the partners

Two rules govern every entry, and they are the whole chapter.

Assets and liabilities enter at BOOK value. Whatever the new firm agreed to pay for the building, this account debits the building at what the old firm's balance sheet said. The difference between the two is exactly what the profit on realisation measures.

Cash and bank are debited too, if they pass. Students routinely leave cash out. If the new firm takes the cash, it is an asset transferred like any other and goes on the debit side.

What does not go in

ItemWhy not
Partners' capital accountsThey are the owners' claim, settled separately
Reserves and accumulated profitsAlso the owners' claim; transferred straight to the capital accounts in the old ratio
Assets not taken overOnly if the old firm keeps or sells them; a partner taking one over is debited in his capital account
The new firm's goodwillIt arises in the new firm's books, not here

The second row is the one worth memorising. A general reserve of Rs 20,000 in the old balance sheet is credited to the partners in their old profit-sharing ratio and never touches realisation.

Worked: the realisation account of A & Co

Take A & Co from the comparison chapter. Its balance sheet showed building Rs 1,00,000, stock Rs 60,000, debtors Rs 40,000, cash Rs 20,000, creditors Rs 40,000, general reserve Rs 20,000, capital A Rs 1,00,000 and capital B Rs 60,000. All assets and liabilities pass to ABCD & Co for a purchase consideration of Rs 2,10,000. A and B share equally.

Realisation Account

DrRsCrRs
To Building1,00,000By Creditors40,000
To Stock60,000By ABCD & Co, purchase consideration2,10,000
To Debtors40,000
To Cash20,000
To Profit transferred to A's capital15,000
To Profit transferred to B's capital15,000
Total2,50,000Total2,50,000

Read the account. Rs 2,20,000 of assets went out at book value; Rs 40,000 of liabilities went with them; and Rs 2,10,000 came in. The firm gave up net assets of Rs 1,80,000 at book value and received Rs 2,10,000, so it made Rs 30,000.

munotes.in25

The Realisation Account of the Old Firms

The profit is shared in the OLD ratio, equally here, because it was earned by the old firm before the new one existed.

The same account for C & Co

C & Co showed building Rs 70,000, stock Rs 50,000, debtors Rs 30,000, cash Rs 10,000, creditors Rs 30,000, reserve Rs 10,000, capital C Rs 80,000 and capital D Rs 40,000. Its consideration was Rs 1,50,000, and C and D share equally.

DrRsCrRs
To Building70,000By Creditors30,000
To Stock50,000By ABCD & Co, purchase consideration1,50,000
To Debtors30,000
To Cash10,000
To Profit transferred to C's capital10,000
To Profit transferred to D's capital10,000
Total1,80,000Total1,80,000

Two accounts, two sets of books, two profits. They are never combined, and a candidate who adds C & Co's building to A & Co's inside one realisation account has produced something that cannot be marked.

The check that proves it

The profit on realisation equals the consideration less the net book value of what passed.

A & Co, RsC & Co, Rs
Purchase consideration2,10,0001,50,000
Less: net book value transferred, assets less liabilities1,80,0001,30,000
Profit on realisation30,00020,000

Run that in a working note. If it disagrees with the balancing figure in the account, something has been entered at the wrong value or left out.

The five situations that change the entries

One: a liability is NOT taken over. It stays with the old firm, which must pay it. Debit realisation and credit cash when it is discharged. It is never credited to realisation as a liability taken over.

Two: an asset is NOT taken over. Three possibilities, and the question says which: sold for cash, credit realisation with the proceeds; taken over by a partner, debit his capital account and credit realisation with the agreed figure; simply retained, it never enters realisation at all and passes to the partners.

Three: realisation expenses. Debited to realisation if the old firm bears them. If the new firm bears them, they do not enter the old firm's books at all.

Five: a liability taken over at OTHER than its book value. Added by the past-paper check. MU sets it as a rebate on creditors, or as creditors of Rs 96,000 taken over at Rs 82,000. The realisation account is not affected: the liability still leaves the old firm's books at BOOK value, because that is what stood in them. The agreed figure belongs in the computation of the purchase consideration, where the smaller deduction makes the consideration larger, and the gain reaches the partners through the realisation profit. Never credit realisation with the agreed figure and the difference separately; that counts the rebate twice.

munotes.in26

The Realisation Account of the Old Firms

Four: an unrecorded asset or liability. An unrecorded asset realised is credited to realisation; an unrecorded liability paid is debited. Neither had a book value, so both affect the profit in full.

What it does NOT mean

The realisation account is not a revaluation account. Revaluation adjusts a continuing firm's books; realisation closes a firm that is ending.

The profit is not goodwill. Goodwill arises in the new firm's books.

The agreed values do not appear here. They appear on the other side of the transaction.

Quick revision

  • One realisation account per old firm, in that firm's own books.
  • Debit: all assets transferred at book value, including cash if it passes; cash paid on liabilities not taken over; realisation expenses borne by the old firm.
  • Credit: liabilities taken over at book value; the purchase consideration; proceeds of assets sold.
  • Never in it: partners' capitals, reserves, and the new firm's goodwill.
  • Reserves go straight to the capital accounts in the old ratio.
  • Profit or loss on realisation is shared in the OLD ratio.
  • Check: consideration less net book value transferred equals the profit.
  • An asset taken by a partner is debited to his capital account.

Test yourself

1. At what values do assets enter the realisation account? At their book values in the old firm's balance sheet; the agreed values belong to the new firm's books, and the difference between the two is what the realisation profit measures.

2. Where does the general reserve go? Straight to the partners' capital accounts in the old profit-sharing ratio; it never enters the realisation account.

3. A & Co transfers net assets of Rs 1,80,000 at book value for Rs 2,10,000. What is the realisation profit and how is it shared? Rs 30,000, credited to the partners in their old ratio, so Rs 15,000 each where they share equally.

4. What happens to a bank loan the new firm refuses to take over? It stays with the old firm, which discharges it; realisation is debited and cash credited when it is paid, and it is never credited to realisation as a liability taken over.

5. How many realisation accounts does an amalgamation of two firms need? Two, one in each old firm's books; combining them produces an account that cannot be marked.

Answer in one sentence

Explain the realisation account on amalgamation. It is the account through which an old firm is closed, opened in that firm's own books and never shared with another firm's, and it is debited with every asset transferred at its book value including cash where the cash passes, with any cash paid to discharge a liability the new firm did not take over, and with realisation expenses the old firm bears; it is credited with the liabilities taken over at book value, with the purchase consideration due from the new firm, and with the proceeds of any asset sold; the partners' capitals, the reserves and the new firm's goodwill never enter it, the reserves going straight to the capital accounts in the old ratio; and the balancing figure is the profit or loss on realisation, which equals the consideration less the net book value of what passed and is shared among the partners in their old profit-sharing ratio.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in27

Chapter Ten

Partners' Capital Accounts, and the Closing Entries

Syllabus topic 5, "Journal/ledger accounts of old firms"

In one line

Each partner's account collects what he already had, his share of the reserves and of the realisation profit, and is then closed by the capital he receives in the new firm.

What goes into the account

Credit side, what he is owedWhere it comes from
Opening capitalThe old balance sheet
Share of reserves and accumulated profitsTransferred in the old ratio
Share of realisation profitFrom the realisation account, old ratio
Current account credit balance, if anyThe old balance sheet
Debit side, what reduces itWhere it comes from
Share of realisation lossWhere realisation made a loss instead
Any asset he takes over personallyAt the agreed figure
Drawings or a current account debit balanceThe old balance sheet
Capital credited to him in the new firmThe closing entry

The last debit is what closes the account, and it is the figure the new firm will credit him with.

Worked: A & Co

A & Co's balance sheet showed capital A Rs 1,00,000, capital B Rs 60,000 and a general reserve of Rs 20,000. The realisation profit was Rs 30,000. A and B share equally, and the consideration was Rs 2,10,000.

Partners' Capital Accounts

ParticularsA, RsB, Rs
By balance brought down1,00,00060,000
By General reserve, in the old ratio10,00010,000
By Realisation, profit in the old ratio15,00015,000
Total credited1,25,00085,000
ParticularsA, RsB, Rs
To Capital in ABCD & Co1,25,00085,000
Total debited1,25,00085,000

Now the check that proves everything.

Rs
Capital credited to A in the new firm1,25,000
Capital credited to B in the new firm85,000
Total2,10,000

That equals the purchase consideration exactly, and it must. The consideration is what the new firm agreed to give the old firm's partners; the capital accounts are what those partners are owed. If the two disagree, the error is upstream: a reserve missed, a realisation profit misallocated, or an asset taken over by a partner not debited.

The same for C & Co

Capital C Rs 80,000, capital D Rs 40,000, reserve Rs 10,000, realisation profit Rs 20,000, equal shares, consideration Rs 1,50,000.

ParticularsC, RsD, Rs
By balance brought down80,00040,000
By General reserve5,0005,000
By Realisation, profit10,00010,000
Total95,00055,000

And Rs 95,000 plus Rs 55,000 is Rs 1,50,000, the consideration for C & Co.

The closing journal entries of an old firm

Five entries close a firm, in this order.

Entry
1Realisation A/c Dr, to each asset transferred, at book value
2Each liability taken over Dr, to Realisation A/c, at book value
3New firm A/c Dr, to Realisation A/c, with the purchase consideration
4Realisation A/c Dr, to each partner's capital, with the profit in the old ratio (reversed on a loss)
5Each partner's capital A/c Dr, to New firm A/c, with the capital he takes in the new firm
munotes.in28

Partners' Capital Accounts, and the Closing Entries

And one more before them all where there are reserves:

General Reserve A/c Dr, to each partner's capital account, in the old ratio.

Entry five is the one that closes both remaining accounts at once. The new firm's account, debited in entry three with the consideration, is credited in entry five with the capitals, and it closes to nil. If it does not close to nil, the consideration and the capitals disagree.

Where cash comes in

Sometimes a partner's closing balance is not what the new firm will credit him with, because the partners have agreed on capitals in a fixed ratio.

Two cases, and the question will say which.

Where the agreed capital is less than his closing balance, the excess is paid to him in cash, or transferred to his loan account. Debit his capital, credit cash.

Where the agreed capital is more, he brings in the shortfall. Debit cash, credit his capital.

But note where that happens. Adjusting capitals to an agreed ratio is a transaction of the new firm, not the old one, so it belongs in the new firm's books after the opening entry. The old firm's books close on the closing balances.

What it does NOT mean

The closing balance is not the opening capital. Reserves and realisation profit have been added.

The old ratio governs, not the new one. Reserves and realisation profit were earned by the old firm.

The account does not close to cash. It closes to capital in the new firm.

Quick revision

  • Credit: opening capital, share of reserves, share of realisation profit, and any current account credit.
  • Debit: realisation loss, any asset taken over personally, drawings, and finally the capital in the new firm.
  • Reserves and realisation profit are shared in the OLD ratio.
  • The closing balances added together equal the purchase consideration. If not, look upstream.
  • Five closing entries, and the fifth closes the new firm's account to nil.
  • Adjusting capitals to an agreed ratio happens in the new firm's books.

Test yourself

1. What four things are credited to a partner's capital account here? His opening capital, his share of the reserves and accumulated profits, his share of the realisation profit, and any credit balance on his current account.

2. In which ratio are the reserves and the realisation profit divided? The old profit-sharing ratio, because both were earned by the old firm before the new one existed.

munotes.in29

Partners' Capital Accounts, and the Closing Entries

3. State the check that proves the old firm's working. That the partners' closing capital balances, added together, equal the purchase consideration exactly.

4. A's closing balance is Rs 1,25,000 but the agreed capital in the new firm is Rs 1,00,000. What happens? He is paid Rs 25,000 in cash or it is transferred to his loan account, and the adjustment is made in the new firm's books after the opening entry, not in the old firm's.

5. Why must the new firm's account close to nil? Because it was debited with the consideration and is credited with the capitals the partners take, and the two are the same amount viewed from opposite ends.

Answer in one sentence

How are the partners' capital accounts closed on amalgamation? Each partner is credited with his opening capital, with his share of the reserves and accumulated profits and with his share of the profit on realisation, both divided in the old profit-sharing ratio, and with any credit balance on his current account; he is debited with any share of a realisation loss, with any asset he takes over personally at the agreed figure and with his drawings; and the balance remaining is closed by debiting his capital account and crediting the new firm with the capital he receives there, so that the partners' closing balances added together equal the purchase consideration exactly and the new firm's account closes to nil, any difference between a partner's closing balance and the capital agreed for him in the new firm being settled in cash in the new firm's own books.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in30

Chapter Eleven

Opening the Books of the New Firm

Syllabus topic 6, "Preparing Balance sheet of new firm"

In one line

The new firm records what it received on the debit side, what it assumed and what it owes its partners on the credit side, and goodwill or capital reserve makes up the difference.

The opening entry

DrCr
Each asset taken over, at its agreed valuex
Goodwill, if the consideration exceeded the net assetsx
To each liability taken over, at its agreed valuex
To Capital Reserve, if the net assets exceeded the considerationx
To each partner's capital account, with his share of the considerationx

Four rules, and each answers a question students actually ask.

Use the AGREED values, not the book values - unless the amalgamation is a merger, in which case the book values are the agreed values and no goodwill arises.

Credit the partners with the consideration, split as their old firm's capital accounts closed. Not with their old capitals, unless the two happen to coincide.

Goodwill and capital reserve never appear together for the same old firm. One, the other, or neither.

Cash is an asset like any other. If the new firm took the cash, debit it.

Worked: ABCD & Co takes over both firms

Using the figures from the comparison chapter. A & Co's assets were taken at building Rs 1,20,000, stock Rs 55,000, debtors Rs 38,000 and cash Rs 20,000, its creditors at Rs 40,000, for a consideration of Rs 2,10,000 credited as A Rs 1,25,000 and B Rs 85,000. C & Co's were building Rs 85,000, stock Rs 45,000, debtors Rs 28,000 and cash Rs 10,000, creditors Rs 30,000, for Rs 1,50,000 credited as C Rs 95,000 and D Rs 55,000.

Entry one, for A & Co:

Dr, RsCr, Rs
Building1,20,000
Stock55,000
Debtors38,000
Cash20,000
Goodwill17,000
To Creditors40,000
To A's Capital1,25,000
To B's Capital85,000
Total2,50,0002,50,000

Entry two, for C & Co:

Dr, RsCr, Rs
Building85,000
Stock45,000
Debtors28,000
Cash10,000
Goodwill12,000
To Creditors30,000
To C's Capital95,000
To D's Capital55,000
Total1,80,0001,80,000

Both entries balance without a plug, because the goodwill was computed as exactly the difference. That is the test to run before going further.

Where the goodwill figures came from

A & Co, RsC & Co, Rs
Purchase consideration2,10,0001,50,000
Less: net assets taken over, at agreed values1,93,0001,38,000
Goodwill17,00012,000

Firm by firm, and only added afterwards for presentation, as the purchase method chapter required.

Adjusting the capitals

The partners often agree that their capitals in the new firm shall stand in the new profit-sharing ratio, and the opening entry rarely produces that by itself.

munotes.in31

Opening the Books of the New Firm

The method, in three steps.

Step one: fix the total capital. Either the question states it, or it is taken as the total of the capitals already credited.

Step two: divide it in the new ratio. That gives each partner's required capital.

Step three: bring in or pay out the difference.

Suppose the four partners agree that the total capital of Rs 3,60,000 shall be held equally.

PartnerCredited by the opening entry, RsRequired, one quarter of 3,60,000, RsCash brought in or (paid out), Rs
A1,25,00090,000(35,000)
B85,00090,0005,000
C95,00090,000(5,000)
D55,00090,00035,000
Total3,60,0003,60,000nil

The cash column nets to nil, because the total was unchanged; only its division moved. Where the question fixes a total different from what was credited, the cash column will not net to nil, and the difference passes through the bank.

Assets and liabilities the new firm did not take

They never enter the new firm's books at all. They were dealt with in the old firm: sold, taken over by a partner, or paid off. A candidate who debits the new firm with a building it did not buy has produced a balance sheet describing a firm that does not exist.

What it does NOT mean

The new firm does not continue the old ledger. It opens fresh accounts.

The opening entry is not a purchase entry in the ordinary sense. There is no cash paid to a vendor; the credit goes to the partners.

A capital adjustment is not part of the opening entry. It follows it.

Quick revision

  • One opening entry per old firm, or one combined, at that firm's agreed values.
  • Debit the assets and, if any, goodwill; credit the liabilities, any capital reserve, and the partners with the consideration.
  • The entry must balance without a plug. Goodwill is not a plug; it was computed.
  • Goodwill is computed firm by firm and added only for presentation.
  • Capitals are adjusted afterwards: fix the total, divide in the new ratio, settle the difference in cash.
  • What was not taken over never appears.

Test yourself

1. At what values do assets enter the new firm's books? At the agreed values, except in a merger accounted for by pooling of interest, where the book values are carried across unchanged.

2. With what are the partners credited? With the purchase consideration for their old firm, divided as their capital accounts in that firm closed, not with their old capital balances.

3. Why must the opening entry balance without a plug? Because the goodwill or capital reserve was computed as exactly the difference between the consideration and the net assets taken over, so any imbalance means a value is wrong or an item is missing.

munotes.in32

Opening the Books of the New Firm

4. How are capitals adjusted to the new ratio? By fixing the total capital, dividing it in the new profit-sharing ratio to find each partner's requirement, and settling the difference in cash, the adjustment being made in the new firm's books after the opening entry.

5. What happens to an asset the new firm did not take over? Nothing, in the new firm's books; it was sold, taken over by a partner or retained in the old firm, and it never appears in the new firm at all.

Answer in one sentence

How are the books of the new firm opened? By an opening entry for each old firm which debits every asset taken over at its agreed value, together with goodwill where the consideration exceeded the net assets received, and credits every liability taken over at its agreed value, any capital reserve where the net assets exceeded the consideration, and each partner with his share of that firm's purchase consideration as his capital account closed; the entry balances without a plug because the goodwill or capital reserve was computed as exactly that difference, firm by firm; and the capitals are then adjusted, in the new firm's own books, by fixing the total capital, dividing it in the new profit-sharing ratio and settling each partner's excess or shortfall in cash.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in33

Chapter Twelve

Goodwill Arising on Amalgamation

Syllabus topic 7, "Treatment of goodwill arising on amalgamation"

In one line

Goodwill is the excess of what the new firm agreed to pay over what it received, and it is either kept on the balance sheet or written off against the partners' capitals in the new profit-sharing ratio.

Where it comes from

Only from the purchase method. Under pooling nothing is bought, so nothing is paid over the value and no goodwill arises.

Rs
Purchase consideration for the old firmx
Less: net assets taken over, at agreed valuesx
Goodwillx

Computed firm by firm. Where two firms are taken over, one may throw up goodwill and the other a capital reserve, and they are recorded separately even though they may appear on the same balance sheet.

The three treatments

MU asks for the treatment, and there are three, of which the question will indicate one.

TreatmentWhenThe entry
RetainedThe question is silent, or says goodwill is to be carried in the booksNone beyond the opening entry; it stands as an asset
Written off entirelyThe question says the partners do not wish to show goodwillPartners' capital accounts Dr in the new ratio, to Goodwill
Written down in partThe question fixes a figure at which goodwill is to be carriedCapitals debited in the new ratio with the excess only

The default is to retain it. Goodwill is an asset the new firm has paid for, and nothing requires its immediate elimination. Write it off only when told to.

Why the ratio matters

Goodwill is credited to the old partners in the OLD ratio, because it forms part of the consideration their old firm earned. It is written off against ALL partners in the NEW ratio, because the new firm's losses fall in the new ratio.

Those two ratios are almost never the same, and the difference is a real transfer of value.

A partner whose share of the new firm is smaller than the goodwill he brought gains; one whose share is larger than the goodwill he brought pays. That is not an accident of the entries; it is the price of the new profit-sharing arrangement, and it is worth stating in an answer.

Worked

ABCD & Co took over A & Co and C & Co. Goodwill arose of Rs 17,000 on A & Co and Rs 12,000 on C & Co, and the opening entries credited the partners with A Rs 1,25,000, B Rs 85,000, C Rs 95,000 and D Rs 55,000. The four partners share equally in the new firm and decide that goodwill shall not appear in the books.

Step one: the goodwill in the books.

Rs
Goodwill on taking over A & Co17,000
Goodwill on taking over C & Co12,000
Total goodwill raised29,000
munotes.in34

Goodwill Arising on Amalgamation

Step two: written off in the new ratio, which is equal, so one quarter each.

PartnerShare written off, Rs
A7,250
B7,250
C7,250
D7,250
Total29,000

The entry:

A's Capital Dr 7,250; B's Capital Dr 7,250; C's Capital Dr 7,250; D's Capital Dr 7,250; To Goodwill 29,000.

Step three: the capitals after the write-off.

PartnerCredited by the opening entry, RsLess: goodwill written off, RsCapital after write-off, Rs
A1,25,0007,2501,17,750
B85,0007,25077,750
C95,0007,25087,750
D55,0007,25047,750
Total3,60,00029,0003,31,000

Who gained and who paid

This is the sentence that turns an arithmetic answer into an understanding one.

A & Co brought Rs 17,000 of goodwill, of which A and B were credited half each, that is Rs 8,500 apiece. Each of them then bore Rs 7,250 of the write-off. A and B each gained Rs 1,250.

C & Co brought Rs 12,000, so C and D were credited Rs 6,000 apiece and each bore Rs 7,250. C and D each paid Rs 1,250.

PartnerGoodwill credited through the consideration, RsGoodwill written off, RsNet gain or (loss), Rs
A8,5007,2501,250
B8,5007,2501,250
C6,0007,250(1,250)
D6,0007,250(1,250)
Total29,00029,000nil

The net column sums to nil, as it must: nothing was created or destroyed, and Rs 2,500 simply moved from the C & Co partners to the A & Co partners. That happened because A & Co's business was worth more in goodwill than C & Co's, while the four now share equally.

The effect on the balance sheet

Before write-off, RsAfter write-off, Rs
Goodwill29,000nil
Other assets4,01,0004,01,000
Total assets4,30,0004,01,000
Before, RsAfter, Rs
Creditors70,00070,000
Partners' capitals3,60,0003,31,000
Total4,30,0004,01,000

Both sides fall by Rs 29,000, which is the definition of a write-off against capital.

What it does NOT mean

Goodwill is not the realisation profit. That arose in the old firm and belongs to its partners in the old ratio.

Writing it off is not compulsory. It is done when the partners so decide.

The write-off does not change the total capital of the business as an economic matter. It changes the recorded capital, and it redistributes value between the partners.

Capital reserve is not negative goodwill to be written off. It stands on the credit side.

Quick revision

  • Goodwill arises only under the purchase method, as consideration less net assets taken over, computed firm by firm.
  • Three treatments: retained, written off entirely, or written down to a stated figure. Retain unless told otherwise.
  • Credited in the OLD ratio through the consideration; written off in the NEW ratio.
  • The write-off entry debits all partners' capitals and credits Goodwill.
  • The asymmetry of the two ratios transfers value between partners, and the net gains and losses sum to nil.
  • Writing it off reduces both sides of the balance sheet by the same amount.
munotes.in35

Goodwill Arising on Amalgamation

Test yourself

1. How does goodwill arise on amalgamation? As the excess of the purchase consideration for an old firm over the agreed value of the net assets taken over from it, computed separately for each old firm, and only under the purchase method.

2. In which ratios is goodwill credited and written off, and why do they differ? Credited in the old ratio, because it forms part of the consideration the old firm earned; written off in the new ratio, because losses of the new firm fall in the new ratio.

3. Goodwill of Rs 29,000 is written off among four equal partners. What is the entry? Each partner's capital account is debited with Rs 7,250 and Goodwill is credited with Rs 29,000.

4. A was credited with Rs 8,500 of goodwill and bears Rs 7,250 of the write-off. What has happened? He has gained Rs 1,250, and the gains and losses of all the partners together sum to nil, because the write-off redistributes value rather than creating or destroying it.

5. Must goodwill be written off? No. It is an asset the new firm paid for, and the default is to retain it; it is written off only where the partners decide not to carry it.

Answer in one sentence

How is goodwill arising on amalgamation treated? It arises only under the purchase method, as the excess of the purchase consideration over the agreed value of the net assets taken over, computed separately for each old firm, and it may be retained in the books, written down to a stated figure, or written off entirely; where it is written off, the partners' capital accounts are debited in the new profit-sharing ratio and Goodwill is credited, and because the goodwill reached the partners through their old firms in the old ratio the two ratios differ, so the write-off transfers value from those whose share of the new firm exceeds the goodwill they brought to those whose share falls short of it, the gains and losses summing to nil while both sides of the balance sheet fall by the amount written off.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in36

Chapter Thirteen

The Balance Sheet of the New Firm

Syllabus topic 6, "Preparing Balance sheet of new firm"

In one line

Everything the new firm took over, at the values it took them at, with the partners' capitals as adjusted - and nothing that stayed behind.

The form

A partnership balance sheet is horizontal: liabilities and capital on the left, assets on the right.

LiabilitiesRsAssetsRs
Creditors and other liabilities taken overxGoodwill, if retainedx
Loans taken overxFixed assets, at agreed valuesx
Partners' capital accounts, one line eachxCurrent assets, at agreed valuesx
Capital reserve, if any arosexCash and bankx
TotalxTotalx

Three points of form that cost marks when missed.

Show each partner's capital separately. A single line "Partners' capital Rs 3,60,000" loses the marks for the individual balances, which are the thing the question was testing.

Show goodwill first among the assets, where it is retained. It is an intangible and convention places it at the head.

Do not show a reserve that did not come across. Under the purchase method the old firms' reserves are gone; under pooling they appear.

Worked: ABCD & Co

Continuing the module's running example. The opening entries brought in building Rs 2,05,000, stock Rs 1,00,000, debtors Rs 66,000, cash Rs 30,000 and goodwill Rs 29,000, against creditors Rs 70,000 and capitals of A Rs 1,25,000, B Rs 85,000, C Rs 95,000 and D Rs 55,000.

Balance Sheet of ABCD & Co as at 1 April 2027, goodwill retained

LiabilitiesRsAssetsRs
Creditors70,000Goodwill29,000
Capital: A1,25,000Building2,05,000
Capital: B85,000Stock1,00,000
Capital: C95,000Debtors66,000
Capital: D55,000Cash30,000
Total4,30,000Total4,30,000

And the same statement where the partners decide not to carry goodwill, each bearing one quarter of Rs 29,000, that is Rs 7,250:

LiabilitiesRsAssetsRs
Creditors70,000Building2,05,000
Capital: A1,17,750Stock1,00,000
Capital: B77,750Debtors66,000
Capital: C87,750Cash30,000
Capital: D47,750
Total4,01,000Total4,01,000

Both statements are correct answers to different questions, and the question decides which by what it says about goodwill.

The four checks

Run all four before leaving the question.

One: does it balance? If not, the opening entry did not balance either, and the error is there rather than here.

Two: do the capitals reconcile to the considerations? A plus B should equal the consideration for A & Co, and C plus D that for C & Co, before any goodwill write-off or capital adjustment.

Rs
Capital A and B2,10,000
Capital C and D1,50,000
Total, being the two considerations3,60,000

Three: is anything present that should not be? Go through the old balance sheets and confirm that every asset and liability the new firm did not take is absent.

munotes.in37

The Balance Sheet of the New Firm

Four: is every agreed value used? A building shown at its old book value when the question revalued it is the commonest single error in this module, and it will make the statement balance while being wrong.

Where cash comes from

A point that confuses students in the capital-adjustment questions.

The cash on the new firm's balance sheet has up to three sources: cash taken over from the old firms, cash brought in by partners short of their agreed capital, and cash paid out to partners with an excess.

Show the net figure, and put the working in a note. A question that asks for the balance sheet wants one cash line, not three.

What it does NOT mean

It is not a Schedule III balance sheet. That format belongs to companies and to Module IV.

It is not the two old balance sheets added, unless the amalgamation is a merger accounted for by pooling.

A capital reserve is not a liability. It sits on the liabilities side because it is part of the owners' claim, not because anyone is owed it.

Quick revision

  • Horizontal form: liabilities and capital left, assets right. Not Schedule III.
  • Each partner's capital on its own line.
  • Goodwill heads the assets where it is retained; reserves appear only under pooling.
  • Four checks: does it balance; do the capitals reconcile to the considerations; is anything present that should not be; is every agreed value used.
  • Cash may come from three sources; show one net line and put the working in a note.

Test yourself

1. Why is this not a Schedule III balance sheet? Because Schedule III of the Companies Act 2013 prescribes the form for a company's financial statements, and this is a partnership firm; the horizontal form is what applies.

2. Should each partner's capital be shown separately? Yes. A single combined line loses the marks for the individual balances, which is what the question was testing.

3. State the check that links the balance sheet to the earlier work. That the partners' capitals, before any goodwill write-off or capital adjustment, add back to the purchase considerations for their respective old firms.

4. An asset appears at its old book value although the question revalued it. Will the balance sheet still balance? Yes, which is what makes the error dangerous; it must be caught by checking every agreed value rather than by relying on the totals.

5. Where do the old firms' general reserves appear? Only where the amalgamation is a merger accounted for by pooling of interest; under the purchase method they have been settled with the old partners through the consideration and do not appear.

munotes.in38

The Balance Sheet of the New Firm

Answer in one sentence

How is the balance sheet of the new firm prepared? In the horizontal partnership form rather than the Schedule III form used for companies, showing on the liabilities side every liability the new firm took over at its agreed value, each partner's capital on a line of its own, and any capital reserve that arose, and on the assets side goodwill where it is retained, followed by the fixed and current assets at the values at which they were taken over and by the cash; nothing the new firm did not take over appears at all; and the statement is proved by four checks, that it balances, that the partners' capitals reconcile to the purchase considerations for their old firms, that nothing is present which should have stayed behind, and that every agreed value has actually been used, the last mattering most because an asset carried at its old book value will still let the statement balance.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in39

Chapter Fourteen

Adjustment of the Partners' Capitals in the New Firm

Syllabus topic 4, "Accounting Treatment in the books of the New Firm"

In one line

Where the partnership deed of the new firm fixes the total capital and the ratio in which it is to be held, each partner's standing balance is brought to his required share and the difference is paid in or drawn out in cash.

Why the question does this

Nothing in the amalgamation itself makes the capitals proportionate. They come out of the old firms' balance sheets, adjusted for revaluation and for the share of realisation profit, and there is no reason for the result to sit in the new firm's profit sharing ratio.

But partners who share profits four to one usually want to have put in four to one. So the deed fixes a total, fixes the ratio, and the difference is settled.

The three steps

Step
1Find each partner's STANDING balance in the new firm's books, after the opening entries and after any goodwill has been written off
2Find each partner's REQUIRED capital: the fixed total, split in the profit sharing ratio
3Take the difference. A shortfall is brought in; an excess is withdrawn

Required less standing. A positive figure is cash coming in, a negative figure is cash going out. Write it that way and the signs never confuse you.

Worked, where the total is unchanged

After the opening entries and the goodwill write-off, the capitals in PQRS & Co stand at P Rs 1,40,000, Q Rs 90,000, R Rs 1,10,000 and S Rs 60,000. The partners share profits 4:3:2:1. It is agreed that the total capital of the new firm shall be Rs 4,00,000, held in the profit sharing ratio, any adjustment to be made in cash.

The standing balances first.

PartnerStanding capital, Rs
P1,40,000
Q90,000
R1,10,000
S60,000
Total4,00,000

Then the required capitals, Rs 4,00,000 in the ratio 4:3:2:1, the ratio totalling ten parts.

PartnerShareRequired capital, Rs
P4 tenths1,60,000
Q3 tenths1,20,000
R2 tenths80,000
S1 tenth40,000
Total10 tenths4,00,000

Then the adjustment.

PartnerRequired, RsStanding, RsTo bring in, RsTo withdraw, Rs
P1,60,0001,40,00020,000nil
Q1,20,00090,00030,000nil
R80,0001,10,000nil30,000
S40,00060,000nil20,000
Total4,00,0004,00,00050,00050,000

The two columns agree at Rs 50,000, and they must, because the total capital has not changed. The cash balance of the firm is therefore the same after the adjustment as before it, which is the check to run here.

The entries.

Cash A/c Dr 50,000; To P's Capital A/c 20,000; To Q's Capital A/c 30,000.

R's Capital A/c Dr 30,000; S's Capital A/c Dr 20,000; To Cash A/c 50,000.

munotes.in40

Adjustment of the Partners' Capitals in the New Firm

Worked, where the total is fixed at a different figure

The same standing balances, but the total capital of the new firm is fixed at Rs 4,50,000 in the same ratio.

PartnerRequired, RsStanding, RsTo bring in, RsTo withdraw, Rs
P1,80,0001,40,00040,000nil
Q1,35,00090,00045,000nil
R90,0001,10,000nil20,000
S45,00060,000nil15,000
Total4,50,0004,00,00085,00035,000

Now the two columns do not agree, and the difference is the point.

Rs
Cash brought in85,000
Less: cash withdrawn(35,000)
Net cash into the firm50,000

And Rs 50,000 is exactly the increase in the total capital, from Rs 4,00,000 to Rs 4,50,000. That is the check. If the net cash movement does not equal the change in the total capital, one of the required capitals is wrong.

The firm's cash on the balance sheet rises by Rs 50,000, so the balance sheet total rises by Rs 50,000 as well, capital and cash together.

Where the adjustment is not made in cash

Read the clause. Some questions say the difference is to be transferred to the partners' current accounts instead of settled in cash. Then:

PartnerTreatment
Short of his required capitalDebit his capital account with the shortfall and credit his current account, so his capital reads the required figure and the shortfall stands as a debit balance he owes
In excess of his required capitalCredit his current account with the excess and debit his capital account

Nothing enters or leaves the firm, so the cash is unchanged and the balance sheet carries current account balances on both sides as the case requires.

Which one you do is decided by the question and by nothing else. "Any adjustment to be made in cash" means cash. Silence usually means cash too, but say in one line which you have assumed.

What it does NOT mean

It is not a revaluation. No asset changes, no goodwill is created, and the realisation profit is already settled. Only the capitals move.

It is not the same as the goodwill write-off. The write-off is debited in the new profit sharing ratio and reduces the capitals; this step is a transfer between the partners and the firm's cash, and it comes after.

The required capital is not each partner's share of the purchase consideration. The consideration was settled by the old firms. This is the new firm's own arrangement.

Quick revision

When it appliesOnly where the question fixes the total capital and the ratio
When it is doneLast, after the opening entries and any goodwill write-off
The formulaRequired capital less standing capital; positive is brought in, negative is withdrawn
The check where the total is unchangedCash in equals cash out, and the firm's cash is unaltered
The check where the total changesNet cash movement equals the change in the total capital
The alternativeThrough the partners' current accounts, where the question says so
munotes.in41

Adjustment of the Partners' Capitals in the New Firm

Test yourself

  1. The capitals stand at X Rs 2,00,000 and Y Rs 1,00,000. They share profits equally and the total capital is fixed at Rs 3,00,000 in that ratio, adjusted in cash. What are the entries?
  2. In question one, does the firm's cash balance change?
  3. The same capitals, but the total is fixed at Rs 3,60,000. How much net cash comes into the firm?
  4. When in the order of work does this step come, and why not earlier?
  5. What does "any adjustment to be made in cash" exclude?

Answer in one sentence

1. Each requires Rs 1,50,000, so Y brings in Rs 50,000 and X withdraws Rs 50,000: debit cash and credit Y's capital with 50,000, then debit X's capital and credit cash with 50,000.

2. No, because the total capital is unchanged, so the same Rs 50,000 comes in and goes out.

3. Each requires Rs 1,80,000. X stands at Rs 2,00,000 and Y at Rs 1,00,000, so X withdraws Rs 20,000 and Y brings in Rs 80,000, a net Rs 60,000 in, which is the rise in the total capital from Rs 3,00,000 to Rs 3,60,000.

4. Last, because the opening entries and the goodwill write-off both change the capital balances this step is measured against.

5. The alternative treatment through the partners' current accounts, which would leave the firm's cash untouched.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in42

Chapter Fifteen

A Complete Amalgamation, Worked

Syllabus topic 4, 5, 6 and 7, the whole of Module I

The question

A and B are partners in A & Co sharing profits equally. C and D are partners in C & Co, also sharing equally. Their balance sheets as at 31 March 2027 are:

A & Co

LiabilitiesRsAssetsRs
Creditors40,000Building1,00,000
General reserve20,000Stock60,000
Capital: A1,00,000Debtors40,000
Capital: B60,000Cash20,000
Total2,20,000Total2,20,000

C & Co

LiabilitiesRsAssetsRs
Creditors30,000Building70,000
General reserve10,000Stock50,000
Capital: C80,000Debtors30,000
Capital: D40,000Cash10,000
Total1,60,000Total1,60,000

On 1 April 2027 the two firms amalgamate into ABCD & Co, which takes over all the assets and liabilities of both. The assets are taken at: building A & Co Rs 1,20,000 and C & Co Rs 85,000; stock Rs 55,000 and Rs 45,000; debtors Rs 38,000 and Rs 28,000; cash at book value. Creditors are taken over at book value. The purchase consideration is agreed at Rs 2,10,000 for A & Co and Rs 1,50,000 for C & Co, to be credited to the partners as capital in the new firm. The four partners will share profits equally.

Prepare the realisation accounts and partners' capital accounts in the books of both old firms, the opening entries in the books of ABCD & Co, and its balance sheet.

Step one: the goodwill

Compute the net assets taken over from each firm, then compare with the consideration.

A & Co, RsC & Co, Rs
Building, at agreed value1,20,00085,000
Stock, at agreed value55,00045,000
Debtors, at agreed value38,00028,000
Cash20,00010,000
Assets taken over2,33,0001,68,000
A & Co, RsC & Co, Rs
Assets taken over2,33,0001,68,000
Less: creditors taken over40,00030,000
Net assets1,93,0001,38,000
A & Co, RsC & Co, Rs
Purchase consideration2,10,0001,50,000
Less: net assets taken over1,93,0001,38,000
Goodwill17,00012,000

Firm by firm, as it must be, and added to Rs 29,000 only for presentation.

Step two: the realisation accounts

In the books of A & Co

DrRsCrRs
To Building1,00,000By Creditors40,000
To Stock60,000By ABCD & Co2,10,000
To Debtors40,000
To Cash20,000
To Profit to A's capital15,000
To Profit to B's capital15,000
Total2,50,000Total2,50,000

In the books of C & Co

DrRsCrRs
To Building70,000By Creditors30,000
To Stock50,000By ABCD & Co1,50,000
To Debtors30,000
To Cash10,000
To Profit to C's capital10,000
To Profit to D's capital10,000
Total1,80,000Total1,80,000

Assets at BOOK value on the debit side. The agreed values were used in step one and belong to the new firm's books, not here.

munotes.in43

A Complete Amalgamation, Worked

Step three: the partners' capital accounts

In the books of A & Co

ParticularsA, RsB, Rs
By balance brought down1,00,00060,000
By General reserve, old ratio10,00010,000
By Realisation, profit in the old ratio15,00015,000
Total1,25,00085,000

Each account is closed by a debit "To Capital in ABCD & Co" of the same amount.

In the books of C & Co

ParticularsC, RsD, Rs
By balance brought down80,00040,000
By General reserve, old ratio5,0005,000
By Realisation, profit in the old ratio10,00010,000
Total95,00055,000

The check. A plus B is Rs 2,10,000, the consideration for A & Co; C plus D is Rs 1,50,000, the consideration for C & Co. Both agree, so the old firms' working is sound.

Step four: the opening entries in ABCD & Co

For A & Co

Dr, RsCr, Rs
Building1,20,000
Stock55,000
Debtors38,000
Cash20,000
Goodwill17,000
To Creditors40,000
To A's Capital1,25,000
To B's Capital85,000
Total2,50,0002,50,000

For C & Co

Dr, RsCr, Rs
Building85,000
Stock45,000
Debtors28,000
Cash10,000
Goodwill12,000
To Creditors30,000
To C's Capital95,000
To D's Capital55,000
Total1,80,0001,80,000

Both balance without a plug, because the goodwill was computed as exactly the difference.

Step five: the balance sheet

Balance Sheet of ABCD & Co as at 1 April 2027

LiabilitiesRsAssetsRs
Creditors70,000Goodwill29,000
Capital: A1,25,000Building2,05,000
Capital: B85,000Stock1,00,000
Capital: C95,000Debtors66,000
Capital: D55,000Cash30,000
Total4,30,000Total4,30,000

The checks, run

CheckResult
Both realisation accounts balanceRs 2,50,000 and Rs 1,80,000
Capitals reconcile to the considerationsRs 2,10,000 and Rs 1,50,000
Both opening entries balance without a plugRs 2,50,000 and Rs 1,80,000
Balance sheet balancesRs 4,30,000
Every agreed value usedBuilding Rs 2,05,000, not Rs 1,70,000

If the question adds a goodwill write-off

One further step, and it comes last. Where the partners decide goodwill shall not appear, debit each capital account with one quarter of Rs 29,000, that is Rs 7,250, and credit Goodwill.

PartnerBefore, RsLess write-off, RsAfter, Rs
A1,25,0007,2501,17,750
B85,0007,25077,750
C95,0007,25087,750
D55,0007,25047,750
Total3,60,00029,0003,31,000

The balance sheet total then falls to Rs 4,01,000 on both sides.

In short

  • Order: goodwill, realisation accounts, capital accounts, opening entries, balance sheet.
  • Book values in realisation; agreed values in the new firm's books.
  • Reserves and realisation profit in the OLD ratio; goodwill written off in the NEW one.
  • Goodwill firm by firm: Rs 17,000 and Rs 12,000, presented as Rs 29,000.
  • The proof: capitals of Rs 1,25,000 and Rs 85,000 add to the consideration of Rs 2,10,000; Rs 95,000 and Rs 55,000 add to Rs 1,50,000.
munotes.in44

A Complete Amalgamation, Worked

Answer in one sentence

Work a complete amalgamation. Compute the goodwill firm by firm as the excess of each purchase consideration over the agreed value of the net assets taken over from that firm, Rs 17,000 and Rs 12,000 here; open a realisation account in each old firm debiting its assets at book value and crediting the liabilities taken over and the consideration due, so that the balancing figure is the profit on realisation, Rs 30,000 and Rs 20,000, shared in the old ratios; carry the reserves and that profit to the partners' capital accounts in the old ratios, whose closing balances of Rs 1,25,000 and Rs 85,000 and of Rs 95,000 and Rs 55,000 add back to the two considerations and so prove the working; pass an opening entry in the new firm for each old firm, debiting the assets at agreed values and the goodwill and crediting the liabilities and the partners; and draw the balance sheet, which totals Rs 4,30,000, falling to Rs 4,01,000 if the partners choose to write the goodwill off against their capitals in the new ratio.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in45

Chapter Sixteen

Practice Questions: Amalgamation of Firms

Syllabus topic Module I entire

How to use this chapter

Cover the answers and work on paper. Then compare, and where you differ, find the step rather than the figure. In this module the step is nearly always one of four: an asset or liability not taken over that was included anyway, the agreed values used in the realisation account, the reserves put through realisation instead of straight to the capitals, or goodwill written off in the old ratio instead of the new.

---

Question 1 (15 marks)

P and Q are partners in X & Co sharing profits 3:2. R and S are partners in Y & Co sharing equally. Their balance sheets as at 31 March 2027 are:

X & Co

LiabilitiesRsAssetsRs
Creditors60,000Land1,50,000
Bank loan20,000Machinery90,000
General reserve30,000Stock70,000
Capital: P1,50,000Debtors30,000
Capital: Q1,00,000Cash20,000
Total3,60,000Total3,60,000

Y & Co

LiabilitiesRsAssetsRs
Creditors50,000Land1,00,000
General reserve20,000Machinery70,000
Capital: R1,20,000Stock60,000
Capital: S80,000Debtors30,000
Cash10,000
Total2,70,000Total2,70,000

On 1 April 2027 they amalgamate into XY & Co, which takes over all the assets except the cash of each firm, and the creditors of each firm. X & Co's bank loan is not taken over and is discharged out of its own cash. Y & Co's cash is distributed to R and S equally.

The assets are taken over at: X & Co land Rs 1,80,000, machinery Rs 80,000, stock Rs 65,000, debtors Rs 27,000; Y & Co land Rs 1,25,000, machinery Rs 62,000, stock Rs 55,000, debtors Rs 28,000. The purchase consideration is Rs 3,10,000 for X & Co and Rs 2,30,000 for Y & Co.

Prepare the realisation accounts and partners' capital accounts of both firms, and the balance sheet of XY & Co.

---

Question 2 (8 + 7 marks)

(a) State the five conditions that make an amalgamation one in the nature of merger, and explain how each is applied where the parties are partnership firms rather than companies. (8)

(b) Two firms combine. Everything passes to the new firm, all four partners join it, and each is credited with capital equal to his old capital; but the buildings of one firm are revalued upward by Rs 50,000 before transfer. State, with reasons, which method of accounting applies, and what difference the revaluation makes to the new firm's balance sheet and to its profits in later years. (7)

---

Question 3 (15 marks)

(a) Write short notes on any two: (10)

  1. Purchase consideration and the two methods of computing it
  2. Treatment of goodwill arising on amalgamation
  3. The realisation account of an old firm
munotes.in46

Practice Questions: Amalgamation of Firms

(b) Answer in one sentence each: (5)

  1. In which ratio is the profit on realisation shared?
  2. Where does the general reserve of an old firm go?
  3. What arises where the net assets taken over exceed the purchase consideration?
  4. At what values do assets enter the realisation account?
  5. What check proves that an old firm's working is correct?

---

Answers

Answer 1

Step one: the goodwill.

X & Co, RsY & Co, Rs
Land, at agreed value1,80,0001,25,000
Machinery, at agreed value80,00062,000
Stock, at agreed value65,00055,000
Debtors, at agreed value27,00028,000
Assets taken over3,52,0002,70,000

Cash is absent from both columns, because neither firm's cash was taken over.

X & Co, RsY & Co, Rs
Assets taken over3,52,0002,70,000
Less: creditors taken over60,00050,000
Net assets2,92,0002,20,000
X & Co, RsY & Co, Rs
Purchase consideration3,10,0002,30,000
Less: net assets taken over2,92,0002,20,000
Goodwill18,00010,000

Step two: the realisation accounts.

In the books of X & Co

DrRsCrRs
To Land1,50,000By Creditors60,000
To Machinery90,000By Bank loan20,000
To Stock70,000By XY & Co3,10,000
To Debtors30,000
To Cash, bank loan discharged20,000
To Profit to P's capital18,000
To Profit to Q's capital12,000
Total3,90,000Total3,90,000

Two things to notice. The bank loan is credited to realisation as a liability transferred and then debited when it is paid out of cash, so it nets to nil and the profit is unaffected. And the cash never enters as an asset transferred, because it was not transferred.

In the books of Y & Co

DrRsCrRs
To Land1,00,000By Creditors50,000
To Machinery70,000By XY & Co2,30,000
To Stock60,000
To Debtors30,000
To Profit to R's capital10,000
To Profit to S's capital10,000
Total2,80,000Total2,80,000

Step three: the partners' capital accounts.

X & Co, reserves and realisation profit in 3:2

ParticularsP, RsQ, Rs
By balance brought down1,50,0001,00,000
By General reserve18,00012,000
By Realisation, profit18,00012,000
Total1,86,0001,24,000

P plus Q is Rs 3,10,000, the consideration for X & Co, so both are closed by a debit "To Capital in XY & Co" of those amounts. X & Co's cash went entirely on the bank loan, so nothing is paid to the partners.

Y & Co, reserves and realisation profit equally

ParticularsR, RsS, Rs
By balance brought down1,20,00080,000
By General reserve10,00010,000
By Realisation, profit10,00010,000
Total1,40,0001,00,000

Here the total is Rs 2,40,000 against a consideration of Rs 2,30,000, and the difference of Rs 10,000 is exactly the cash that was not taken over. Each partner receives Rs 5,000 in cash and the balance as capital in the new firm:

munotes.in47

Practice Questions: Amalgamation of Firms

PartnerTotal claim, RsCash received, RsCapital in XY & Co, Rs
R1,40,0005,0001,35,000
S1,00,0005,00095,000
Total2,40,00010,0002,30,000

Step four: the balance sheet.

Balance Sheet of XY & Co as at 1 April 2027

LiabilitiesRsAssetsRs
Creditors1,10,000Goodwill28,000
Capital: P1,86,000Land3,05,000
Capital: Q1,24,000Machinery1,42,000
Capital: R1,35,000Stock1,20,000
Capital: S95,000Debtors55,000
Total6,50,000Total6,50,000

There is no cash, because neither firm's cash was taken over. A candidate who has cash on this balance sheet has taken over something the question expressly kept back.

Answer 2

(a) The five conditions are that all the assets and liabilities of the transferor pass to the transferee; that holders of not less than 90 per cent of the face value of the equity shares of the transferor become equity shareholders of the transferee; that their consideration is discharged wholly by the issue of equity shares, apart from cash for fractions; that the business is intended to be carried on; and that no adjustment is made to book values except to make accounting policies uniform. They are cumulative: failing any one makes it an amalgamation in the nature of purchase.

Applied to firms, the second and third cannot be satisfied as written, because a firm has neither shares nor shareholders. They are read as requiring that all or substantially all the partners of the old firms become partners of the new firm, and that their consideration is credited to them as capital in the new firm rather than paid out. Say in the answer that you are translating, and add that AS 14 states of itself that it is directed principally to companies, so it supplies the vocabulary and the test but does not govern the transaction.

(b) The purchase method applies. Condition (v) has failed, because the book values were adjusted, and the conditions are cumulative; the fact that everything and everybody came across does not save it. Revaluation alone makes it a purchase.

The difference to the balance sheet is that the buildings appear Rs 50,000 higher, and the new firm's total is correspondingly larger. Because the partners were credited with capital equal to their old capitals rather than with the higher net assets, the consideration falls short of the net assets by Rs 50,000 and a capital reserve of that amount arises on the liabilities side.

The difference to later profits is that depreciation is charged on the higher figure, so reported profit is lower for as long as the buildings are held. Under pooling the same buildings would have carried their old value and a lower charge. The choice of method is therefore not presentational; it changes reported profit for years.

munotes.in48

Practice Questions: Amalgamation of Firms

Answer 3

(a) Short notes

1. Purchase consideration and its two methods. It is the aggregate of everything the new firm gives to the partners of the old firm, in capital, cash or other assets. Under the net assets method it is the agreed value of the assets taken over less the agreed value of the liabilities taken over, counting only what actually passes and never deducting the partners' own capitals or reserves. Under the net payment method it is the capital credited plus the cash and anything else given to the partners, ignoring the individual asset values. The question's data decide which applies; where both can be computed, the excess of the payment over the net assets is goodwill and the shortfall a capital reserve.

2. Treatment of goodwill. It arises only under the purchase method, as the excess of the consideration over the net assets taken over, computed firm by firm. It may be retained, written down to a stated figure, or written off entirely, and the default is to retain it. Where it is written off, the partners' capital accounts are debited in the new profit-sharing ratio. Because it reached them through their old firms in the old ratio, the write-off transfers value between the partners, the gains and losses summing to nil.

3. The realisation account. It is opened in each old firm's own books to close that firm. It is debited with every asset transferred at book value, with cash paid on any liability not taken over, and with realisation expenses the firm bears; it is credited with the liabilities transferred at book value, with the purchase consideration, and with the proceeds of any asset sold. The partners' capitals, the reserves and the new firm's goodwill never enter it. The balancing figure is the profit or loss on realisation, shared in the old ratio.

(b) Answers in one sentence

1. In the old profit-sharing ratio, because it was earned by the old firm before the new one existed.

2. Straight to the partners' capital accounts in the old ratio; it never enters the realisation account.

3. A capital reserve, the new firm having acquired more than it gave.

4. At their book values in the old firm's balance sheet, the agreed values belonging to the new firm's books.

5. That the partners' closing capital balances added together equal the purchase consideration, adjusted for anything settled in cash.

munotes.in49

Practice Questions: Amalgamation of Firms

Marking yourself

If your answerThen
Shows cash on the new firm's balance sheet in Question 1You took over something the question kept back
Put the agreed values into the realisation accountBook values there; the difference is what the profit measures
Made Y & Co's capitals equal the considerationThey exceed it by the Rs 10,000 of cash retained
Wrote goodwill off in the old ratioThe write-off is a loss of the new firm, so it falls in the new ratio
Called Question 2(b) a mergerRevaluation alone defeats condition (v), and the conditions are cumulative

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in50

Module II

Conversion / Sale of a Partnership Firm into a Ltd. Company

munotes.in

Chapter Seventeen

Why a Firm Converts, and What Changes

Syllabus topic 1, "Provisions related to Conversion/ Sale by use of Realisation method only"

In one line

The partners sell their business to a company and are paid in its shares, debentures and cash, so the firm is closed by realisation exactly as in an amalgamation, and the buyer's books are a company's.

What conversion is

A partnership firm sells its business as a going concern to a limited company, which may be newly formed for the purpose or already existing. The partners usually become the company's shareholders, so the same people carry on the same business through a different legal vehicle.

Two names, one transaction. MU's topic says "Conversion / Sale", and the distinction is of degree: conversion where the partners themselves form the company and take its shares, sale where the business is sold to a company they do not control. The accounting is the same, and the question will not usually turn on the label.

Why a firm converts

Five reasons, and each is worth a line.

Limited liability. A partner is liable to the last rupee of his private estate; a shareholder risks only what he has agreed to pay on his shares. This is the reason that matters most.

Perpetual succession. A firm may be dissolved by a partner's death or retirement; a company continues regardless of who owns it.

Access to capital. A company can issue shares and debentures to the public and can borrow more readily.

Transferability. A share can be sold without the consent of the other owners; a partner's interest generally cannot.

Scale and standing. Contracts, tenders and credit are often easier for an incorporated body.

The cost, and an answer gains by naming it: more regulation, statutory books, audit, filing with the Registrar, and the loss of the privacy a firm enjoys. Module IV is largely a list of what that costs in paperwork.

The four things that change

In the firmIn the company
Liability of ownersUnlimited, extending to private assetsLimited to the amount unpaid on shares
ContinuityEnds on death or retirement unless the deed provides otherwisePerpetual succession
OwnershipCapital accounts, not transferable at willShares, transferable
The booksA partnership balance sheet, horizontal formSchedule III of the Companies Act 2013

The fourth row is the one that shows up in the exam. The balance sheet you draw at the end of a conversion question is a company's balance sheet, and it takes the form Module IV sets out. A candidate who draws a horizontal partnership balance sheet for LM Ltd has answered the wrong half of the paper.

What is the same as Module I

Almost all of the mechanics. The old firm is closed by a realisation account; the purchase consideration is computed by the net assets or net payment method; the reserves and the realisation profit go to the partners in the old ratio; the capital accounts must close against the consideration plus anything settled in cash.

munotes.in51

Why a Firm Converts, and What Changes

So the efficient way to learn this module is by difference. Everything you know from Module I applies unless one of the four changes above bites.

What is different

DifferenceWhy it matters
The buyer can pay in shares and debenturesThe discharge has three possible forms and the question fixes their proportions
The buyer is a companyIts balance sheet is Schedule III, and its capital is share capital
Goodwill or capital reserve arises in the company's booksSame rule as the purchase method, and the pooling method never applies here
The company may exist before the takeoverWhich raises the pre-incorporation question that is Module III
MU allows only the realisation methodThe next chapter is about that restriction

The fourth row links the modules. Where the company was incorporated after the business began trading, the profit of the period before incorporation is capital in the company's hands, and that is Module III. MU has ordered the modules deliberately.

What it does NOT mean

Conversion is not amalgamation. Two firms combining into a firm is Module I; a firm selling to a company is this one.

The partners do not necessarily get shares in proportion to their capitals. The question fixes the distribution.

Pooling of interest has no place here. A company buying a business is a purchase, and the purchase method applies.

Conversion is not automatic. The company must be incorporated and must agree to buy.

Quick revision

  • A firm sells its business as a going concern to a company, and the partners are paid in its shares, debentures and cash.
  • Reasons: limited liability, perpetual succession, access to capital, transferability, and standing. The cost is regulation, statutory books, audit and filing.
  • Four changes: liability, continuity, ownership by shares, and a Schedule III balance sheet.
  • The mechanics are Module I's: realisation account, consideration, old ratio, capitals closing against the consideration.
  • The pooling method never applies; a purchase by a company is a purchase.
  • Where the company was incorporated after trading began, Module III follows.

Test yourself

1. What is conversion of a firm into a company? The sale of a partnership firm's business as a going concern to a limited company, the partners usually becoming its shareholders, so that the same business is carried on through a different legal vehicle.

2. Give the strongest reason for converting. Limited liability: a partner is liable to the extent of his private estate while a shareholder risks only the amount unpaid on his shares.

munotes.in52

Why a Firm Converts, and What Changes

3. What form does the buyer's balance sheet take? The Schedule III form prescribed by the Companies Act 2013, not the horizontal partnership form, because the buyer is a company.

4. Which method of accounting applies, and why is the other excluded? The purchase method, because a company buying a business from a firm is a purchase; the pooling of interest method is confined to amalgamations in the nature of merger and has no application here.

5. How does this module connect to Module III? Where the company was incorporated after the business had begun trading, the profit of the period before incorporation is capital in the company's hands, which is the subject of Module III.

Answer in one sentence

What is the conversion of a firm into a company, and what changes? It is the sale of a partnership firm's business as a going concern to a limited company, usually one formed by the partners themselves, who are paid the purchase consideration in its shares, debentures and cash and so become its shareholders; the reasons are limited liability above all, with perpetual succession, readier access to capital, transferable ownership and commercial standing, at the cost of regulation, statutory books, audit and filing; and what changes is that the owners' liability becomes limited, the business acquires perpetual succession, ownership takes the form of transferable shares, and the buyer's balance sheet is drawn in the Schedule III form rather than the horizontal partnership form, while the mechanics of closing the old firm, computing the consideration and settling the partners remain those of Module I, save that the pooling method can never apply because a company buying a business is making a purchase.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in53

Chapter Eighteen

The Realisation Method, and Why MU Allows Only It

Syllabus topic 1, "Provisions related to Conversion/ Sale by use of Realisation method only"

In one line

Close the old firm through a single realisation account rather than by revaluing its assets and continuing the same books.

What the realisation method is

One account collects the whole closing of the firm.

DebitCredit
Every asset transferred, at book valueEvery liability transferred, at book value
Cash paid on liabilities not taken overThe purchase consideration due from the company
Realisation expenses borne by the firmProceeds of any asset sold
Profit on realisation, to the partnersLoss on realisation, to the partners

And the balancing figure is the profit or loss, shared in the old ratio.

That is exactly the account of Module I. The only difference is the name of the debtor on the credit side: a company instead of a new firm.

The alternative MU excludes

The other treatment is the revaluation method, sometimes called the "no realisation account" approach, in which the firm's existing books are continued by the company: the assets are revalued in situ, a revaluation account absorbs the differences, the partners' capital accounts are converted into share capital, and no separate account closes the firm.

Why it exists at all. Where the partners form the company themselves and nothing really changes hands, continuing the books is arguably a truer description of what happened, and it saves opening a new ledger.

Why MU excludes it. Two reasons, and either is enough for an answer.

It obscures the sale. Conversion is in law a sale of the business by one person, the firm, to another, the company. A realisation account records that sale explicitly, with a seller closing its books and a buyer opening its own. A revaluation account records an adjustment inside one continuing entity, which is not what happened.

It cannot be marked consistently. The realisation method produces one account with a known form and a single balancing figure, so a marker can follow it. The revaluation approach varies with how the writer chooses to handle each item.

The consequence for an answer

Three things follow from the restriction and each is worth stating.

Always open a realisation account, even where the partners form the company themselves and the question makes the conversion look like a formality.

Always close the firm's books. The company opens fresh books; the firm's ledger ends.

Never revalue assets inside the firm's own accounts. The agreed values belong to the company's opening entry. The realisation account takes book values, and the difference between the two is what the realisation profit measures.

Why the profit arises at all

A point students find genuinely puzzling.

The firm's books say the assets are worth their book values. The company has agreed to pay a consideration based on higher agreed values plus, usually, something for goodwill. The difference is a gain the firm makes on selling its business, and it belongs to the partners who owned it.

munotes.in54

The Realisation Method, and Why MU Allows Only It

It is not the company's gain. The company simply paid what it agreed. And it is not goodwill, which arises in the company's books as the excess of what it paid over what it received.

Both numbers can exist at once and mean different things, which is the single most useful thing to understand about this module.

The order of work

StepWhat is doneWhose books
1Compute the purchase considerationWorking note
2Open the realisation account and transfer assets and liabilities at book valueThe firm
3Record the consideration due from the companyThe firm
4Discharge liabilities not taken over, and deal with assets not taken overThe firm
5Transfer the profit or loss on realisation in the old ratioThe firm
6Record the receipt of shares, debentures and cash, and distribute themThe firm
7Pass the opening entry and draw the Schedule III balance sheetThe company

Steps four and six are where conversion questions are actually lost, and they have chapters of their own.

What it does NOT mean

"Realisation method only" is not a restriction on the computation of the consideration. Both the net assets and net payment methods remain available for that.

It does not mean the firm is dissolved and wound up. The business continues; it is the firm's books that end.

It does not make the revaluation approach wrong in principle. It makes it wrong for this paper.

Quick revision

  • MU's printed words: "by use of Realisation method only".
  • The method closes the firm through one account, debiting assets and crediting liabilities at book value and crediting the consideration, with the balance being the profit or loss in the old ratio.
  • The excluded alternative is the revaluation method, which continues the firm's books; it obscures that a sale took place and cannot be marked consistently.
  • Consequences: always open a realisation account, always close the firm's books, and never revalue inside them.
  • Realisation profit and goodwill are different numbers in different books, and both can exist at once.

Test yourself

1. What does MU's syllabus say about the method? That the provisions relating to conversion or sale are to be dealt with by use of the realisation method only.

2. What is the excluded alternative, and why is it excluded? The revaluation approach, which continues the firm's own books and adjusts values in situ; it is excluded because it obscures the fact that a sale took place between two separate persons, and because it cannot be marked to a consistent form.

munotes.in55

The Realisation Method, and Why MU Allows Only It

3. At what values do assets enter the realisation account? At their book values; the agreed values belong to the company's opening entry, and the difference between the two is what the realisation profit measures.

4. Distinguish the realisation profit from goodwill. The realisation profit arises in the firm's books as the excess of the consideration over the book value of the net assets given up, and belongs to the partners in the old ratio; goodwill arises in the company's books as the excess of the consideration over the agreed value of the net assets received.

5. Where are conversion questions usually lost? On the assets and liabilities not taken over, and on the distribution of the shares, debentures and cash among the partners.

Answer in one sentence

Explain the realisation method and why the syllabus allows only it. Under the realisation method the firm is closed through a single account which is debited with every asset transferred at its book value, with cash paid on any liability the company does not take over and with realisation expenses the firm bears, and credited with the liabilities transferred at book value, with the purchase consideration due from the company and with the proceeds of anything sold, the balancing figure being the profit or loss on realisation which goes to the partners in their old ratio; MU's syllabus prescribes it alone, excluding the revaluation approach that would continue the firm's own books, because conversion is in law a sale of the business by the firm to the company and a realisation account records that sale explicitly with a seller closing its books and a buyer opening its own, whereas a revaluation records an adjustment inside a single continuing entity, which is not what happened, and cannot be marked to a consistent form.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in56

Chapter Nineteen

Calculating the Purchase Consideration on Conversion

Syllabus topic 2, "Calculation of New Purchase consideration"

In one line

The consideration is what the company gives the partners - shares, debentures and cash

  • or, computed from the other end, the agreed value of what it takes over less the liabilities it assumes.

The two methods, as they apply here

Net payment

Rs
Equity shares issued, at their issue pricex
Preference shares issued, at their issue pricex
Debentures issued, at their issue pricex
Cash paidx
Purchase considerationx

Three rules that matter more here than in Module I.

Use the issue price, not the face value. Where 30,000 shares of Rs 10 are issued at a premium of Rs 2, the consideration includes Rs 3,60,000 and not Rs 3,00,000. The premium is part of what the company gave.

Count only what goes to the PARTNERS. Shares the company issues to the public for cash are not consideration; they are a separate transaction that happens to occur at the same time.

Cash paid to a creditor is not consideration. It is the discharge of a liability the company assumed.

Net assets

Rs
Agreed value of assets taken overx
Less: agreed value of liabilities taken overx
Purchase considerationx

And the same four exclusions as before: an asset not taken over, a liability not taken over, the partners' capitals, and the reserves.

Which method the question intends

The question statesUse
The number and price of the shares and debentures to be issued, and the cashNet payment
Revised values for the assets and liabilities the company takesNet assets
BothBoth, and the difference is goodwill or capital reserve

In conversion questions the net payment method is the more common, because the company's consideration is naturally described in terms of what it issues.

Worked

L and M are partners in LM & Co sharing profits 3:2. Their balance sheet as at 31 March 2027 is:

LiabilitiesRsAssetsRs
Creditors80,000Land and building2,00,000
Bills payable20,000Plant1,20,000
General reserve40,000Stock90,000
Capital: L2,00,000Debtors60,000
Capital: M1,60,000Cash30,000
Total5,00,000Total5,00,000

LM Ltd is formed to take over the business. It takes all the assets except the cash, and the creditors; the bills payable are not taken over. The assets are taken at land and building Rs 2,60,000, plant Rs 1,10,000, stock Rs 85,000 and debtors Rs 57,000 after a provision of Rs 3,000. The consideration is to be discharged by the issue of 35,000 equity shares of Rs 10 each fully paid and 1,000 twelve per cent debentures of Rs 100 each.

By net payment:

Rs
35,000 equity shares of Rs 10 each3,50,000
1,000 debentures of Rs 100 each1,00,000
Purchase consideration4,50,000
munotes.in57

Calculating the Purchase Consideration on Conversion

By net assets:

Assets taken overRs
Land and building2,60,000
Plant1,10,000
Stock85,000
Debtors, net of the provision57,000
Total5,12,000
Rs
Assets taken over5,12,000
Less: creditors taken over80,000
Net assets4,32,000

The goodwill:

Rs
Purchase consideration4,50,000
Less: net assets taken over4,32,000
Goodwill18,000

Two exclusions did real work there. The cash of Rs 30,000 is absent from the net assets, because the company did not take it. The bills payable of Rs 20,000 are absent from the deduction, because the company did not assume them. Including either would have changed the goodwill.

The five traps

TrapThe rule
Shares issued at a premiumCount the issue price; the premium is part of the consideration
Shares issued to the public for cash at the same timeNot consideration; a separate transaction
A liability the company agrees to discharge on the firm's behalfIt has been taken over; deduct it
Debtors stated gross with a provision to be madeTake them net; the provision is an agreed reduction in value
Creditors taken over at less than their book valueDeduct the agreed figure, not the book figure

The last row was added by the past-paper check, because MU sets it: "The Company has also agreed to take over Sundry Creditors at Rs 82,000" where the firm's books show Rs 96,000. Deduct Rs 82,000. The Rs 14,000 rebate makes the consideration larger by Rs 14,000, and the realisation account still credits the creditors at their book value of Rs 96,000, so the rebate reaches the partners as part of the realisation profit. The chapter on the two methods works the figures through in full.

What it does NOT mean

The consideration is not the number of shares. It is their value.

It is not the total of the company's balance sheet. That will also carry anything the company raised separately.

It is not the partners' capital. Their capital is what they are owed, which may exceed the consideration where something was kept back.

Quick revision

  • Net payment: shares plus debentures plus cash at issue price, to the partners only.
  • Net assets: agreed value of assets taken over less liabilities taken over.
  • Both, where the question gives both, and the difference is goodwill or capital reserve.
  • Exclude what is not taken over, on both sides; never deduct capitals or reserves.
  • Count a premium; ignore a public issue; deduct a liability the company agrees to discharge; take debtors net of an agreed provision.

Test yourself

1. Which method is usual in a conversion question, and why? The net payment method, because a company's consideration is naturally described by the number and price of the shares and debentures it issues, which the question states.

munotes.in58

Calculating the Purchase Consideration on Conversion

2. Shares of Rs 10 are issued at a premium of Rs 2. What enters the consideration? Rs 12 a share, the issue price, because the premium is part of what the company gave.

3. The firm's cash of Rs 30,000 is not taken over. What difference does it make? It is excluded from the assets taken over, so the net assets and therefore the goodwill are computed without it, and the cash itself remains with the firm to settle liabilities not taken over or to be distributed to the partners.

4. Are shares issued to the public for cash part of the consideration? No. They are a separate transaction with different people, even where it happens at the same time.

5. Debtors of Rs 60,000 are taken over subject to a provision of Rs 3,000. At what figure? Rs 57,000, the net figure, because the provision is an agreed reduction in the value at which the company takes them.

Answer in one sentence

How is the purchase consideration computed on conversion? Either by the net payment method, adding the equity shares, preference shares and debentures issued to the partners at their issue price rather than their face value together with any cash paid to them, and counting nothing issued to anybody else, or by the net assets method, taking the agreed value of the assets the company actually takes over and deducting the agreed value of the liabilities it actually assumes, excluding on both sides anything kept back and never deducting the partners' capitals or reserves; the question's data decide which applies, and where both can be computed the excess of the payment over the net assets is goodwill in the company's books and the shortfall a capital reserve.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in59

Chapter Twenty

The Realisation Account on Conversion

Syllabus topic 3, "Preparation of Journal / Ledger Accounts of old firms"

In one line

Assets at book value on the debit side, liabilities and the consideration on the credit side, and the balancing figure is the profit the partners made on selling their business.

The account

DebitCredit
Every asset transferred, at book valueEvery liability transferred, at book value
Cash paid on a liability the company did not takeThe purchase consideration, due from the company
Realisation expenses borne by the firmCash realised on an asset not taken over, if sold
Any asset a partner takes over, is debited to his capital, not hereAn asset a partner takes over is credited here
Profit transferred to the partners in the old ratioLoss transferred to the partners in the old ratio

Worked: LM & Co

Continuing the running example. LM Ltd takes all assets except the cash and takes over the creditors; the bills payable of Rs 20,000 are not taken over and are paid out of the firm's cash of Rs 30,000. The consideration is Rs 4,50,000. L and M share 3:2.

Realisation Account

DrRsCrRs
To Land and building2,00,000By Creditors80,000
To Plant1,20,000By Bills payable20,000
To Stock90,000By LM Ltd, purchase consideration4,50,000
To Debtors60,000
To Cash, bills payable discharged20,000
To Profit to L's capital36,000
To Profit to M's capital24,000
Total5,50,000Total5,50,000

Read the bills payable twice. They are credited at Rs 20,000 as a liability transferred out of the firm's books, and debited at Rs 20,000 as cash paid to discharge them. The two cancel, so they do not affect the profit - but leaving both out is wrong, because the liability must leave the books and the cash must leave the firm.

And the cash is not on the debit side as an asset transferred, because it did not go to the company. Only the Rs 20,000 of it actually spent appears.

The check

Rs
Purchase consideration4,50,000
Less: net book value of what passed, assets Rs 4,70,000 less creditors Rs 80,0003,90,000
Profit on realisation60,000

Rs 60,000, shared 3:2 as Rs 36,000 and Rs 24,000, agreeing with the account.

Note what the net book value uses. The assets that actually passed, at their book values: land Rs 2,00,000, plant Rs 1,20,000, stock Rs 90,000 and debtors Rs 60,000, being Rs 4,70,000; less the creditors of Rs 80,000 that passed with them. The cash and the bills payable are outside the calculation because they did not pass.

Where the two numbers meet

A conversion throws up two differences and they are easily confused.

Arises inMeasuresBelongs to
Profit on realisation, Rs 60,000The firm's booksConsideration less book value of net assets given upThe partners, in the old ratio
Goodwill, Rs 18,000The company's booksConsideration less agreed value of net assets receivedThe company, as an asset
munotes.in60

The Realisation Account on Conversion

Both exist at once and neither is an error. The gap between them is the revaluation surplus: the assets went up by Rs 42,000 in agreed value over book value, and Rs 60,000 minus Rs 18,000 is Rs 42,000.

Rs
Land and building, Rs 2,60,000 against Rs 2,00,00060,000
Plant, Rs 1,10,000 against Rs 1,20,000(10,000)
Stock, Rs 85,000 against Rs 90,000(5,000)
Debtors, Rs 57,000 against Rs 60,000(3,000)
Net revaluation surplus42,000

Run that reconciliation if the two numbers look wrong. It will show which value was misread.

The entries

Entry
1Realisation A/c Dr, to each asset transferred, at book value
2Each liability transferred Dr, to Realisation A/c, at book value
3LM Ltd A/c Dr, to Realisation A/c, with the consideration
4Realisation A/c Dr, to Cash, with any liability not taken over that is paid
5Realisation A/c Dr, to the partners' capitals, with the profit in the old ratio

What it does NOT mean

The agreed values do not enter this account. They enter the company's opening entry.

A liability not taken over is not simply ignored. It is transferred and then paid.

The profit is not the company's. It belongs to the partners who sold the business.

Quick revision

  • Assets at book value on the debit side, liabilities at book value and the consideration on the credit side.
  • A liability not taken over is credited when transferred and debited when paid, netting to nil at book value.
  • Cash not taken over does not appear as an asset transferred; only the part actually spent appears.
  • Check: consideration less the net book value of what passed equals the profit.
  • Realisation profit and goodwill are different numbers in different books, and the gap between them is the revaluation surplus.

Test yourself

1. At what values do assets enter this account? At book value; the agreed values belong to the company's opening entry.

2. The bills payable of Rs 20,000 are not taken over. What entries are made? They are credited to realisation as a liability transferred out of the firm's books and debited to realisation when discharged out of cash, so the two cancel and the profit is unaffected, but omitting both is wrong.

3. The consideration is Rs 4,50,000 and the net book value of what passed Rs 3,90,000. What is the profit and how is it shared? Rs 60,000, credited to L and M in their old ratio of 3:2, so Rs 36,000 and Rs 24,000.

munotes.in61

The Realisation Account on Conversion

4. Reconcile the realisation profit of Rs 60,000 with the goodwill of Rs 18,000. By the net revaluation surplus of Rs 42,000, being the excess of the agreed values over the book values of the assets that passed; Rs 18,000 plus Rs 42,000 is Rs 60,000.

5. Why does the firm's cash not appear as an asset transferred? Because the company did not take it; only the Rs 20,000 of it spent on the bills payable appears, as a debit.

Answer in one sentence

Explain the realisation account on conversion. It is opened in the firm's own books and debited with every asset the company takes over at its book value, with any cash paid to discharge a liability the company did not assume, and with realisation expenses the firm bears; it is credited with every liability transferred at book value, whether or not the company assumed it, with the purchase consideration due from the company, and with the proceeds of anything sold; the balancing figure is the profit or loss on realisation, shared among the partners in their old ratio, and it equals the consideration less the net book value of what actually passed; and it should not be confused with the goodwill that arises in the company's books, since the two differ by exactly the excess of the agreed values over the book values of the assets transferred.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in62

Chapter Twenty-One

Assets and Liabilities Not Taken Over

Syllabus topic 3, "Preparation of Journal / Ledger Accounts of old firms"

In one line

What the company does not take stays with the firm, and it must be sold, paid, or handed to a partner before the books can close.

Why questions include one

Because it separates a candidate who has learnt the entries from one who has learnt the transaction. A conversion in which everything passes and nothing is retained closes mechanically. Add a bank overdraft the company will not assume, or a motor car one partner wants, and the candidate has to think about whose asset it now is.

Liabilities not taken over

Three steps, and the middle one is the one omitted.

StepEntry
1. Transfer it out of the booksThe liability is credited to realisation at book value
2. Discharge itRealisation Dr, to Cash, with the amount actually paid
3. Any differenceIf it is settled for less than book value, the saving stays in realisation and increases the profit

Where it is paid at book value the two entries cancel and the realisation profit is unaffected. That is not a reason to omit them. The liability must leave the books, and the cash must leave the firm, and a realisation account missing both is incomplete.

Where a partner personally takes over a liability, debit realisation and credit his capital account: he has assumed an obligation of the firm and the firm owes him for it.

Assets not taken over

Four possibilities, and the question always says which.

What happens to itEntry
Sold for cashCash Dr, to Realisation, with the proceeds
Taken over by a partnerHis capital A/c Dr, to Realisation, at the agreed figure
Used to pay a liability, as cash usually isRealisation Dr, to Cash when the liability is paid
Distributed to the partners in cashReduces what they take as shares; see the discharge chapter

The second row is the one to memorise. A partner who takes the firm's car is being paid part of what he is owed in kind, so his capital account is debited. Realisation is credited because the asset has left through him.

Cash is the usual case

In most conversion questions the retained item is the cash, and it behaves in a particular way.

It never appears on the debit side of realisation as an asset transferred, because it did not transfer.

It is spent, in this order, unless the question says otherwise: on realisation expenses, then on liabilities the company did not take over, and whatever remains goes to the partners.

And it is that remainder which makes the capitals exceed the consideration.

Worked: LM & Co

The firm held cash of Rs 30,000. LM Ltd took neither the cash nor the bills payable of Rs 20,000, which the firm discharged out of that cash.

munotes.in63

Assets and Liabilities Not Taken Over

Rs
Cash in hand30,000
Less: bills payable discharged20,000
Cash available to the partners10,000

And now the test.

Rs
L's capital account closing balance2,60,000
M's capital account closing balance2,00,000
Total owed to the partners4,60,000
Rs
Purchase consideration from LM Ltd4,50,000
Add: cash retained and distributed10,000
Total available to settle them4,60,000

The two agree, and the Rs 10,000 gap between the capitals and the consideration is exactly the cash that was kept back. That is the check, and it works in every question of this kind.

The rule to carry

Capitals equal the consideration ONLY where nothing was retained. Where something was retained, capitals equal the consideration plus the value of what was retained and distributed, less anything a partner took over.

Read that sentence before starting the capital accounts, because it tells you in advance what number to expect.

Four question shapes to recognise

The question saysWhat to do
"The company took over all assets except cash"Cash pays what the company did not assume; the balance goes to the partners
"X took over the motor car at Rs 40,000"Debit X's capital Rs 40,000, credit realisation
"The bank overdraft was not taken over and was settled at Rs 18,000 against a book value of Rs 20,000"Credit realisation Rs 20,000, debit realisation Rs 18,000; the Rs 2,000 saving raises the profit
"Y agreed to discharge the bills payable personally"Debit realisation, credit Y's capital

What it does NOT mean

Retained does not mean forgotten. Every retained item gets an entry.

A liability paid at book value is not a non-event. Both entries are made.

A partner taking an asset is not a purchase from the firm at a profit. It is a settlement of part of what he is owed.

Quick revision

  • A liability not taken over is credited to realisation when transferred and debited when paid; at book value they cancel, but both are made.
  • Settling a liability for less than book value increases the realisation profit.
  • An asset a partner takes over: his capital Dr, realisation Cr, at the agreed figure.
  • A liability a partner assumes: realisation Dr, his capital Cr.
  • Cash never enters realisation as an asset transferred; it pays expenses, then retained liabilities, and the remainder goes to the partners.
  • The check: capitals equal the consideration plus what was retained and distributed, less what a partner took over.

Test yourself

1. A bank overdraft of Rs 20,000 is not taken over and is settled for Rs 18,000. What entries are made and what is the effect? Realisation is credited with Rs 20,000 when the liability is transferred and debited with Rs 18,000 when it is paid, so the Rs 2,000 saved remains in realisation and increases the profit shared by the partners.

munotes.in64

Assets and Liabilities Not Taken Over

2. A partner takes the firm's motor car at Rs 40,000. What is the entry? His capital account is debited with Rs 40,000 and realisation credited, because he has been paid part of what he is owed in kind.

3. Why does cash not appear on the debit side of the realisation account? Because it was not transferred to the company; only the part of it actually spent, on expenses or on liabilities not taken over, appears as a debit.

4. The capitals total Rs 4,60,000 and the consideration is Rs 4,50,000. What does that tell you? That Rs 10,000 of assets was retained and is being distributed to the partners, and here it is the cash left after discharging the bills payable.

5. When do the capitals equal the consideration exactly? Only where nothing was retained and no partner took an asset over.

Answer in one sentence

How are assets and liabilities not taken over dealt with? They remain with the firm and must be cleared before its books can close, so a liability not taken over is credited to realisation when it is transferred out of the books and debited when it is discharged in cash, the two cancelling where it is paid at book value but any saving increasing the realisation profit, while a liability a partner assumes personally is debited to realisation and credited to his capital account; an asset not taken over is either sold, with the proceeds credited to realisation, taken over by a partner, whose capital account is debited at the agreed figure, or used to meet the firm's remaining obligations, cash in particular never entering realisation as an asset transferred but paying the expenses and the retained liabilities with the remainder going to the partners; and the whole is checked by the rule that the partners' capitals equal the purchase consideration plus whatever was retained and distributed, less whatever a partner took over.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in65

Chapter Twenty-Two

Discharge of the Consideration in Shares, Debentures and Cash

Syllabus topic 2 and 3, "Calculation of New Purchase consideration" and "Preparation of Journal / Ledger Accounts of old firms"

In one line

The company hands over shares, debentures and cash to the firm, and the firm hands them on to the partners in settlement of their capital accounts.

The two steps

Step one: the firm receives

DrCr
Equity shares in the companyx
Debentures in the companyx
Cashx
To the company's accountx

The company's account was debited earlier with the consideration, in the realisation entry. This entry credits it with what was actually received, so it closes to nil.

If it does not close to nil, the consideration recorded and the discharge received disagree, and one of the two was misread.

Step two: the firm distributes

DrCr
Each partner's capital accountx
To Equity shares in the companyx
To Debentures in the companyx
To Cashx

And now each capital account closes to nil, because the partner has received what he was owed.

Where the discharge includes preference shares

Added by the past-paper check. MU sets a discharge in three parts: "The purchase price was settled by the issue of 3,300 Equity shares at Rs 10 each, to the firm, 2,500 Preference Shares of Rs 10 each, and the balance paid in cash."

Nothing about the method changes. Preference shares are a fourth line in the same two entries, opened as an account of their own.

DrCr
Equity shares in the companyx
Preference shares in the companyx
Cashx
To the company's accountx

Value each class at its issue price, which is the face value where the shares are issued at par and the face value plus the premium where they are not. 3,300 equity shares of Rs 10 at par is Rs 33,000, and 2,500 preference shares of Rs 10 at par is Rs 25,000.

Cash is the balancing figure where the question says "and the balance paid in cash", so compute the consideration first, subtract the two share amounts, and the remainder is the cash.

In step two the partners take each class separately, so a partner's capital account may close against equity shares, preference shares and cash together. Say in a working note how each class was divided, because a question that gives shares of two classes usually also says who gets which.

The ratio of distribution

This is where questions differ from one another and where marks are lost.

The question saysDistribute in
Nothing about the ratioThe ratio of the partners' final capital balances
"In their profit-sharing ratio"The profit-sharing ratio
"L to take the debentures and the balance in shares"As specified, item by item
"Shares in the capital ratio, cash to equalise"Shares by the ratio, then cash makes each account close
munotes.in66

Discharge of the Consideration in Shares, Debentures and Cash

The default is the ratio of final capital balances, because that is what each partner is owed and the distribution is a settlement, not a division of profit. But read the question first: the profit-sharing ratio is specified often enough that assuming it is a real risk either way.

Worked: LM & Co

The consideration of Rs 4,50,000 is discharged by 35,000 equity shares of Rs 10 each fully paid and 1,000 twelve per cent debentures of Rs 100 each. The firm also has Rs 10,000 of cash left after discharging the bills payable. L's capital account closed at Rs 2,60,000 and M's at Rs 2,00,000. It is agreed that L shall take all the debentures and that the cash shall go to M, the balance of each account being settled in shares.

Step one: the firm receives.

Dr, RsCr, Rs
Equity shares in LM Ltd3,50,000
12% Debentures in LM Ltd1,00,000
To LM Ltd4,50,000
Total4,50,0004,50,000

LM Ltd's account, debited with Rs 4,50,000 when the consideration was recorded, is now credited with Rs 4,50,000 and closes.

Step two: work out what each partner takes.

L, RsM, RsTotal, Rs
Capital account closing balance2,60,0002,00,0004,60,000
Less: debentures taken1,00,000nil1,00,000
Less: cash takennil10,00010,000
Balance settled in shares1,60,0001,90,0003,50,000

The share column adds to Rs 3,50,000, which is exactly the shares available. That is the check: if it does not, either a capital balance is wrong or the specified items were misallocated.

In numbers of shares, at Rs 10 each: L takes 16,000 shares and M takes 19,000, together 35,000.

Step three: the distribution entry.

Dr, RsCr, Rs
L's Capital2,60,000
M's Capital2,00,000
To Equity shares in LM Ltd3,50,000
To 12% Debentures in LM Ltd1,00,000
To Cash10,000
Total4,60,0004,60,000

Both capital accounts close to nil and the firm's books are finished.

The three checks

CheckWhat it proves
The company's account closes to nilThe consideration recorded equals the discharge received
The shares distributed equal the shares receivedNo partner has been given shares that do not exist
Every capital account closes to nilEach partner has been settled in full

Run all three. They take a moment and they catch the three different errors that can occur here.

Where the distribution will not come out evenly

Two situations, and the question resolves both.

A partner's balance is not a whole number of shares. The question usually arranges the figures to avoid it; where it does not, the odd amount is settled in cash and the question will say so.

munotes.in67

Discharge of the Consideration in Shares, Debentures and Cash

A partner's balance is less than the items specified for him. He must then bring in cash, which is debited to cash and credited to his capital. That is unusual and the question will make it explicit.

What it does NOT mean

The shares are not issued to the firm as an investment. They pass straight through to the partners.

The distribution ratio is not necessarily the profit-sharing ratio. Read the question.

The two steps are not optional. Collapsing them hides the check that the company's account closes.

Quick revision

  • Two entries: the firm receives shares, debentures and cash from the company, then distributes them to the partners.
  • The company's account, debited with the consideration, is credited on receipt and closes to nil.
  • Distribution ratio: the ratio of final capital balances by default, unless the question specifies otherwise.
  • Where items are specified, deduct them first and settle the balance in shares.
  • Three checks: the company's account closes; the shares distributed equal the shares received; every capital account closes to nil.

Test yourself

1. Why are there two entries rather than one? Because the firm first receives the shares, debentures and cash from the company, closing the company's account, and then distributes them to the partners, closing the capital accounts; collapsing the two hides the check that the consideration recorded equals the discharge received.

2. In what ratio are the shares distributed if the question is silent? In the ratio of the partners' final capital balances, because the distribution settles what each is owed rather than dividing a profit.

3. L's balance is Rs 2,60,000 and he takes debentures of Rs 1,00,000. How many shares of Rs 10 does he take? Sixteen thousand, being the balance of Rs 1,60,000 divided by Rs 10.

4. What does it mean if the shares distributed exceed the shares received? That a capital balance is wrong or the specified items were misallocated, because the firm cannot distribute shares it does not have.

5. Name the three checks. That the company's account closes to nil, that the shares distributed equal the shares received, and that every partner's capital account closes to nil.

Answer in one sentence

How is the purchase consideration discharged and distributed? In two steps: the firm first records its receipt of the shares, debentures and cash by debiting each of them and crediting the company, which closes the company's account that had been debited with the consideration; and it then distributes them by debiting each partner's capital account with his closing balance and crediting the shares, debentures and cash he takes, the distribution following whatever the question specifies and otherwise the ratio of the partners' final capital balances, with any items expressly allotted to a partner deducted first and the balance settled in shares; and the working is proved by three checks, that the company's account closes to nil, that the shares distributed equal the shares received, and that every capital account closes to nil.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in68

Chapter Twenty-Three

Partners' Capital Accounts on Conversion

Syllabus topic 3, "Preparation of Journal / Ledger Accounts of old firms"

In one line

Each partner is credited with what he already had, his share of the reserves and of the realisation profit, and is closed by the shares, debentures and cash he receives.

The four credits

CreditRatioSource
Opening capitalIndividualThe balance sheet
Current account credit balance, if the firm kept oneIndividualThe balance sheet
Reserves and accumulated profitsOld ratioTransferred directly, never through realisation
Profit on realisationOld ratioThe realisation account

And where a partner has assumed a liability of the firm personally, that too is credited to him, because the firm now owes him for it.

The debits

DebitRatio
Loss on realisation, where there is oneOld ratio
Drawings or a current account debit balanceIndividual
Any asset he takes overAt the agreed figure
The discharge: shares, debentures and cash he receivesCloses the account

Worked: LM & Co

L and M shared profits 3:2. Capitals were L Rs 2,00,000 and M Rs 1,60,000, the general reserve was Rs 40,000, and the profit on realisation was Rs 60,000. LM Ltd's consideration of Rs 4,50,000 was discharged in 35,000 shares of Rs 10 and 1,000 debentures of Rs 100, and the firm had Rs 10,000 of cash left. L took all the debentures and M the cash.

Building up the accounts

ParticularsL, RsM, Rs
By balance brought down2,00,0001,60,000
By General reserve, 3:224,00016,000
By Realisation, profit 3:236,00024,000
Total credited2,60,0002,00,000

Closing them

ParticularsL, RsM, Rs
To 12% Debentures in LM Ltd1,00,000nil
To Cashnil10,000
To Equity shares in LM Ltd1,60,0001,90,000
Total debited2,60,0002,00,000

Both accounts close to nil, and the firm's books are complete.

The two proofs

Proof one: the totals against the consideration.

Rs
L's closing balance2,60,000
M's closing balance2,00,000
Total owed to the partners4,60,000
Rs
Purchase consideration4,50,000
Add: cash retained and distributed10,000
Total available4,60,000

Proof two: the reserves and the profit are fully allocated.

L, RsM, RsTotal, Rs
General reserve24,00016,00040,000
Profit on realisation36,00024,00060,000
Total60,00040,0001,00,000

Rs 40,000 and Rs 60,000 are the whole of the reserve and the whole of the profit. A partner's share left out shows up here immediately.

The ratio question, answered once

Reserves and realisation profit go in the OLD ratio. Always.

Why. Both were earned by the old firm during the period the old partners owned it in their old proportions. Nothing about the conversion changes who earned them.

There is no new ratio in this module, unlike in an amalgamation where the partners of two firms agree how they will share in the combined one. Here the partners become shareholders, and their proportions in the company are fixed by the shares they receive, not by any profit-sharing agreement.

munotes.in69

Partners' Capital Accounts on Conversion

Where a partner's balance is negative

It happens where the realisation makes a large loss.

He must bring in cash to make good the deficiency, which is debited to cash and credited to his capital.

Where he cannot, the deficiency falls on the solvent partners. A question that intends that will say so, and the rule it applies is a matter for the law of partnership rather than for this module.

What it does NOT mean

The closing balance is not the opening capital. Reserves and realisation profit have been added.

It is not necessarily the consideration. It is the consideration plus what was retained and distributed.

The account does not close to cash unless the question says so. It closes to shares, debentures and whatever cash there is.

Quick revision

  • Four credits: opening capital, current account credit, reserves in the old ratio, realisation profit in the old ratio.
  • Debits: realisation loss, drawings, any asset taken over, and the discharge.
  • Both reserves and the profit are in the OLD ratio, always, because the old firm earned them.
  • Total owed = consideration + what was retained and distributed - what a partner took over.
  • Second proof: each partner's shares of the reserve and the profit add back to the whole of each.
  • A negative balance is made good in cash.

Test yourself

1. What four things are credited? The opening capital, any credit balance on the current account, the share of reserves and accumulated profits in the old ratio, and the share of the profit on realisation in the old ratio.

2. Why is there no new profit-sharing ratio here? Because the partners do not become partners of another firm; they become shareholders, and their proportions in the company are fixed by the shares they receive rather than by a profit-sharing agreement.

3. L's account closes at Rs 2,60,000 and M's at Rs 2,00,000 against a consideration of Rs 4,50,000. Is that an error? No. The Rs 10,000 excess is the cash retained by the firm after discharging the bills payable and distributed to the partners.

4. State the second proof. That the partners' individual shares of the general reserve add back to the whole reserve and their shares of the realisation profit to the whole profit, which catches an omitted share at once.

5. What happens where a partner's account shows a debit balance? He brings in cash to make good the deficiency, which is debited to cash and credited to his capital account.

munotes.in70

Partners' Capital Accounts on Conversion

Answer in one sentence

How are the partners' capital accounts prepared on conversion? Each partner is credited with his opening capital, with any credit balance on his current account, and with his share of the reserves and of the profit on realisation, both divided in the old profit-sharing ratio because the old firm earned them; he is debited with any share of a realisation loss, with his drawings and with any asset he takes over at the agreed figure; and the account is closed by debiting him with the shares, debentures and cash he receives in the distribution, so that it comes to nil, the total owed to all the partners being the purchase consideration plus the value of anything retained and distributed and less anything a partner took over, with a second proof available in that each partner's shares of the reserve and of the realisation profit must add back to the whole of each.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in71

Chapter Twenty-Four

Opening the Books of the New Company

Syllabus topic 4, "Preparing Balance sheet of new company"

In one line

The company records a debt to the vendor, takes the assets and liabilities in against that debt, and settles it by issuing shares and debentures.

The three entries

One: the purchase is agreed

DrCr
Business Purchase A/cx
To Vendors A/cx

With the purchase consideration. The business purchase account is a temporary account that will be closed by the next entry.

Some texts omit it and debit the assets directly to the vendors' account. Both are accepted; the three-entry form is clearer and is used here because it separates the price from the things bought.

Two: the assets and liabilities come in

DrCr
Each asset taken over, at its agreed valuex
Goodwill, if the consideration exceeds the net assetsx
To each liability taken over, at its agreed valuex
To Capital Reserve, if the net assets exceed the considerationx
To Business Purchase A/cx

And the business purchase account closes, because it was debited with the consideration and is now credited with it.

Three: the consideration is discharged

DrCr
Vendors A/cx
To Equity Share Capitalx
To Securities Premium, where shares are issued above parx
To 12% Debenturesx
To Bank, where part is paid in cashx

And the vendors' account closes.

The premium is the entry students omit. Where 35,000 shares of Rs 10 are issued at Rs 12, the share capital is credited with Rs 3,50,000 and securities premium with Rs 70,000. Share capital is always credited at face value; the excess is premium.

Worked: LM Ltd

LM Ltd took over the business of LM & Co for Rs 4,50,000, discharged by 35,000 equity shares of Rs 10 each fully paid and 1,000 twelve per cent debentures of Rs 100 each. It took land and building at Rs 2,60,000, plant at Rs 1,10,000, stock at Rs 85,000 and debtors at Rs 57,000, and assumed creditors of Rs 80,000.

Entry one

Dr, RsCr, Rs
Business Purchase A/c4,50,000
To Vendors A/c4,50,000
Total4,50,0004,50,000

Entry two

Dr, RsCr, Rs
Land and building2,60,000
Plant1,10,000
Stock85,000
Debtors57,000
Goodwill18,000
To Creditors80,000
To Business Purchase A/c4,50,000
Total5,30,0005,30,000

Entry three

Dr, RsCr, Rs
Vendors A/c4,50,000
To Equity Share Capital3,50,000
To 12% Debentures1,00,000
Total4,50,0004,50,000

All three balance, and both temporary accounts close.

Where the goodwill came from

Rs
Purchase consideration4,50,000
Less: net assets taken over, Rs 5,12,000 less creditors Rs 80,0004,32,000
Goodwill18,000

Goodwill is the plug in entry two, and it is a computed plug. If the entry does not balance with the goodwill you calculated, one of the agreed values is wrong.

munotes.in72

Opening the Books of the New Company

Two things the company records that the firm did not

Preliminary expenses. The costs of forming the company - registration fees, stamp duty, professional charges - are the company's own, not the vendor's. They are debited to a preliminary expenses account and written off as the question directs. They never touch the realisation account.

Cash raised separately. Where the company also issues shares to the public for cash, that is an entirely separate entry: Bank Dr, to Share Capital, and it has nothing to do with the purchase.

What it does NOT mean

The company does not take over the firm's book values. It takes over the agreed values.

It does not credit the partners individually. It credits one vendors' account; the split among partners happened in the firm's books.

It does not record a realisation profit. That belongs to the vendor.

Share capital is not credited with the issue price. It is credited at face value, with any excess to securities premium.

Quick revision

  • Three entries: business purchase against vendors; the assets and liabilities in, with goodwill or capital reserve, closing business purchase; and the discharge, closing vendors.
  • Assets and liabilities at agreed values.
  • Share capital at face value; the excess to securities premium.
  • Goodwill is a computed plug in the second entry; if the entry does not balance, an agreed value is wrong.
  • Preliminary expenses are the company's own and never enter realisation.
  • A separate public issue for cash is a different transaction altogether.

Test yourself

1. What are the three entries in the company's books? Business purchase debited and vendors credited with the consideration; the assets taken over at agreed values and goodwill debited, the liabilities taken over and any capital reserve credited, and business purchase credited so that it closes; and vendors debited with the consideration and share capital, securities premium and debentures credited so that it closes.

2. Shares of Rs 10 are issued at Rs 12 in discharge. How is the entry split? Share capital is credited at the face value of Rs 10 a share and securities premium with the Rs 2 excess.

3. Where does the goodwill figure come from? From the excess of the purchase consideration over the agreed value of the net assets taken over, and it appears as the balancing debit in the second entry.

4. Are preliminary expenses part of the purchase? No. They are the company's own costs of formation, debited to a preliminary expenses account and written off as directed, and they never enter the vendor's realisation account.

5. Whom does the company credit for the business? A single vendors' account, not the partners individually; the division among the partners took place in the firm's own books.

munotes.in73

Opening the Books of the New Company

Answer in one sentence

How are the books of the new company opened? By three entries: the first debits a business purchase account and credits the vendors with the agreed purchase consideration; the second debits every asset taken over at its agreed value together with goodwill where the consideration exceeded the net assets, credits every liability taken over and any capital reserve where the net assets exceeded the consideration, and credits the business purchase account so that it closes; and the third debits the vendors and credits equity share capital at the face value of the shares issued, securities premium with any excess of the issue price over that face value, the debentures at their issue value and the bank with any cash paid, so that the vendors' account closes too; while the company's own formation costs are debited separately to preliminary expenses and any issue of shares to the public for cash is an entirely separate transaction.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in74

Chapter Twenty-Five

The Balance Sheet of the New Company

Syllabus topic 4, "Preparing Balance sheet of new company"

In one line

Draw it in the vertical Schedule III form, with equity and liabilities first and assets second, each grouped under the headings the Schedule prescribes.

Why the form changes

Because the buyer is a company, and section 129 of the Companies Act 2013 requires a company's financial statements to comply with Schedule III. A partnership has no such obligation and uses the horizontal form.

So the same transaction produces two differently shaped statements: the firm's closing work is in the horizontal world of Module I, and the company's opening balance sheet is in the vertical world of Module IV. Module II sits across the boundary, which is why MU placed it where she did.

The headings this module needs

Schedule III's full format is long, and a conversion question uses only part of it. These are the lines a conversion answer will actually need.

I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

HeadingWhat goes under it here
(1) Shareholders' funds
(a) Share capitalThe shares issued to the vendors, at face value
(b) Reserves and surplusSecurities premium on the issue; capital reserve if one arose
(3) Non-current liabilities
(a) Long-term borrowingsDebentures issued to the vendors
(4) Current liabilities
(b) Trade payablesCreditors taken over
(c) Other current liabilitiesBills payable and the like, where taken over

II. ASSETS

HeadingWhat goes under it here
Non-current assets
(1)(a)(i) Property, plant and equipmentLand and building, plant and machinery, furniture
(1)(a)(ii) Intangible assetsGoodwill
(2) Current assets
(b) InventoriesStock
(c) Trade receivablesDebtors, net of the provision
(d) Cash and cash equivalentsAny cash the company holds

Two placements are worth memorising because students put them elsewhere. Goodwill is an intangible asset, not a miscellaneous one. Securities premium is under reserves and surplus, not part of share capital.

Worked: LM Ltd

The opening entries brought in land and building Rs 2,60,000, plant Rs 1,10,000, stock Rs 85,000, debtors Rs 57,000 and goodwill Rs 18,000, against creditors Rs 80,000, 35,000 equity shares of Rs 10 each and 1,000 twelve per cent debentures of Rs 100 each.

Balance Sheet of LM Ltd as at 1 April 2027

ParticularsRs
I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
(1) Shareholders' funds
(a) Share capital: 35,000 equity shares of Rs 10 each, fully paid3,50,000
(3) Non-current liabilities
(a) Long-term borrowings: 1,000 twelve per cent debentures of Rs 100 each1,00,000
(4) Current liabilities
(b) Trade payables80,000
TOTAL5,30,000
ParticularsRs
II. ASSETS
(1) Non-current assets
(a) (i) Property, plant and equipment: land and building Rs 2,60,000 and plant Rs 1,10,0003,70,000
(a) (ii) Intangible assets: goodwill18,000
(2) Current assets
(b) Inventories85,000
(c) Trade receivables57,000
TOTAL5,30,000

There is no cash, because the firm's cash was not taken over and the company issued nothing for cash. A candidate who shows cash here has taken over something the question kept back.

munotes.in75

The Balance Sheet of the New Company

The four checks

CheckWhat it proves
The two totals agreeThe opening entry balanced
Share capital is at face valueAny premium is under reserves, not capital
Goodwill is under intangible assetsThe classification is right
Nothing appears that was not taken overThe retained items were left with the firm

Where the question adds a public issue

Common, and it changes two lines.

Suppose LM Ltd also issued 10,000 shares of Rs 10 to the public for cash.

Effect
Share capital rises byRs 1,00,000, to Rs 4,50,000
Cash and cash equivalents appear atRs 1,00,000
Both totals rise toRs 6,30,000

The purchase entries are untouched. A public issue is a separate transaction and does not change the consideration, the goodwill, or anything in the firm's books.

What it does NOT mean

It is not the horizontal partnership form. Section 129 requires Schedule III for a company.

It is not the firm's balance sheet restated. It shows the agreed values, not the book values, plus goodwill.

Reserves of the old firm do not appear. They were settled with the partners in the consideration.

Quick revision

  • Vertical Schedule III form: equity and liabilities, then assets, each with a TOTAL.
  • Share capital at face value; securities premium and any capital reserve under reserves and surplus.
  • Debentures under long-term borrowings; creditors under trade payables.
  • Goodwill under intangible assets; stock under inventories; debtors, net of provision, under trade receivables.
  • No cash unless the company actually holds some.
  • The old firm's reserves never appear.
  • A public issue raises share capital and cash and changes nothing else.

Test yourself

1. Why does the company's balance sheet take a different form from the firm's? Because section 129 of the Companies Act 2013 requires a company's financial statements to comply with Schedule III, which prescribes the vertical form, while a partnership has no such obligation and uses the horizontal form.

2. Where do goodwill and securities premium appear? Goodwill under non-current assets as an intangible asset, and securities premium under shareholders' funds as part of reserves and surplus, not as part of share capital.

3. Shares of Rs 10 are issued at Rs 12. What is credited to share capital? Rs 10 a share, the face value, with the remaining Rs 2 a share credited to securities premium.

4. Why is there no cash on LM Ltd's balance sheet? Because the firm's cash was not taken over and the company issued nothing for cash; showing cash would mean taking over something the question expressly kept back.

munotes.in76

The Balance Sheet of the New Company

5. The company also issues shares to the public for cash. What changes? Share capital and cash both rise by the amount raised and both totals rise with them, but the purchase entries, the consideration and the goodwill are untouched, because a public issue is a separate transaction.

Answer in one sentence

How is the new company's balance sheet prepared? In the vertical form prescribed by Schedule III of the Companies Act 2013, which section 129 requires of a company, showing first equity and liabilities with the shares issued to the vendors under share capital at their face value, any securities premium and any capital reserve under reserves and surplus, the debentures under long-term borrowings and the creditors taken over under trade payables, and then the assets with land, buildings and plant under property, plant and equipment, goodwill under intangible assets, stock under inventories and debtors net of provision under trade receivables, each half ending in a total and the two totals agreeing; nothing that the company did not take over appears, the old firm's reserves having been settled with the partners through the consideration, and any separate issue of shares to the public for cash raises share capital and cash without touching the purchase at all.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in77

Chapter Twenty-Six

A Complete Conversion, Worked

Syllabus topic 1, 2, 3 and 4, the whole of Module II

The question

L and M are partners in LM & Co sharing profits 3:2. Their balance sheet as at 31 March 2027 is:

LiabilitiesRsAssetsRs
Creditors80,000Land and building2,00,000
Bills payable20,000Plant1,20,000
General reserve40,000Stock90,000
Capital: L2,00,000Debtors60,000
Capital: M1,60,000Cash30,000
Total5,00,000Total5,00,000

On 1 April 2027 the business is taken over by LM Ltd. The company takes all the assets except the cash and takes over the creditors. The bills payable are not taken over and are discharged by the firm out of its cash. The assets are taken at land and building Rs 2,60,000, plant Rs 1,10,000, stock Rs 85,000 and debtors Rs 60,000 subject to a provision of Rs 3,000. The purchase consideration is discharged by the issue of 35,000 equity shares of Rs 10 each fully paid and 1,000 twelve per cent debentures of Rs 100 each. L is to take all the debentures and M the remaining cash of the firm, the balance of each account being settled in shares.

Prepare the realisation account, the partners' capital accounts and the cash account in the books of the firm, the journal entries in the books of LM Ltd, and its balance sheet.

Step one: the consideration and the goodwill

Rs
35,000 equity shares of Rs 10 each3,50,000
1,000 debentures of Rs 100 each1,00,000
Purchase consideration4,50,000
Assets taken over, at agreed valuesRs
Land and building2,60,000
Plant1,10,000
Stock85,000
Debtors, Rs 60,000 less provision Rs 3,00057,000
Total5,12,000
Rs
Assets taken over5,12,000
Less: creditors taken over80,000
Net assets4,32,000
Rs
Purchase consideration4,50,000
Less: net assets taken over4,32,000
Goodwill18,000

Neither the cash nor the bills payable is in that computation, because neither passed.

Step two: the realisation account

In the books of LM & Co

DrRsCrRs
To Land and building2,00,000By Creditors80,000
To Plant1,20,000By Bills payable20,000
To Stock90,000By LM Ltd4,50,000
To Debtors60,000
To Cash, bills payable discharged20,000
To Profit to L's capital36,000
To Profit to M's capital24,000
Total5,50,000Total5,50,000

Check: the consideration of Rs 4,50,000 less the net book value of what passed, being Rs 4,70,000 of assets less Rs 80,000 of creditors, that is Rs 3,90,000, gives a profit of Rs 60,000, shared 3:2 as Rs 36,000 and Rs 24,000.

Step three: the cash account

DrRsCrRs
To balance brought down30,000By Realisation, bills payable20,000
By M's capital10,000
Total30,000Total30,000

The cash account closes, and the Rs 10,000 it hands to M is what makes the capitals exceed the consideration.

munotes.in78

A Complete Conversion, Worked

Step four: the partners' capital accounts

ParticularsL, RsM, Rs
By balance brought down2,00,0001,60,000
By General reserve, 3:224,00016,000
By Realisation, profit 3:236,00024,000
Total credited2,60,0002,00,000
ParticularsL, RsM, Rs
To 12% Debentures in LM Ltd1,00,000nil
To Cashnil10,000
To Equity shares in LM Ltd1,60,0001,90,000
Total debited2,60,0002,00,000

The proof:

Rs
Total owed to the partners4,60,000
Purchase consideration4,50,000
Difference, being the cash retained and distributed10,000

And the shares distributed, Rs 1,60,000 to L and Rs 1,90,000 to M, come to Rs 3,50,000, exactly the shares received.

Step five: the journal in the books of LM Ltd

Dr, RsCr, Rs
Business Purchase A/c4,50,000
To Vendors A/c4,50,000
Total4,50,0004,50,000
Dr, RsCr, Rs
Land and building2,60,000
Plant1,10,000
Stock85,000
Debtors57,000
Goodwill18,000
To Creditors80,000
To Business Purchase A/c4,50,000
Total5,30,0005,30,000
Dr, RsCr, Rs
Vendors A/c4,50,000
To Equity Share Capital3,50,000
To 12% Debentures1,00,000
Total4,50,0004,50,000

Step six: the balance sheet of LM Ltd

Balance Sheet of LM Ltd as at 1 April 2027

ParticularsRs
I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
(1) Shareholders' funds: share capital, 35,000 equity shares of Rs 10 each fully paid3,50,000
(3) Non-current liabilities: long-term borrowings, 1,000 twelve per cent debentures1,00,000
(4) Current liabilities: trade payables80,000
TOTAL5,30,000
ParticularsRs
II. ASSETS
(1) Non-current assets: property, plant and equipment3,70,000
(1) Non-current assets: intangible assets, goodwill18,000
(2) Current assets: inventories85,000
(2) Current assets: trade receivables57,000
TOTAL5,30,000

The checks, run

CheckResult
Realisation account balancesRs 5,50,000
Cash account closesRs 30,000, of which Rs 10,000 to M
Capitals equal consideration plus cash retainedRs 4,60,000
Shares distributed equal shares receivedRs 3,50,000
Both company entries balanceRs 5,30,000 and Rs 4,50,000
Balance sheet totals agreeRs 5,30,000

The two numbers not to confuse

RsWhose booksMeasured against
Profit on realisation60,000The firm'sBook values
Goodwill18,000The company'sAgreed values

And they differ by the revaluation surplus of Rs 42,000: land up Rs 60,000, plant down Rs 10,000, stock down Rs 5,000 and debtors down Rs 3,000.

In short

  • Order: consideration and goodwill, realisation, cash, capitals, the company's journal, the Schedule III balance sheet.
  • Book values in realisation; agreed values in the company's books.
  • Reserves and realisation profit in the OLD ratio.
  • Cash retained explains the gap between capitals of Rs 4,60,000 and a consideration of Rs 4,50,000.
  • The firm's balance sheet is horizontal; the company's is Schedule III.

Answer in one sentence

Work a complete conversion. Compute the consideration from what the company issues, Rs 4,50,000 here, and the goodwill as its excess over the agreed net assets of Rs 4,32,000, namely Rs 18,000; open a realisation account debiting the assets that passed at book value and the cash spent on the bills payable, crediting the liabilities transferred and the consideration, so that the balancing profit of Rs 60,000 goes to L and M in 3:2; run the cash account, which pays the bills payable and hands Rs 10,000 to M; build the capital accounts from the opening capitals, the reserve and the realisation profit, closing them with the debentures, the cash and the shares so that the total owed of Rs 4,60,000 is the consideration plus the retained cash; pass the company's three entries, business purchase against vendors, the assets and goodwill in against business purchase, and the discharge in share capital and debentures against vendors; and draw the company's balance sheet in the Schedule III vertical form, totalling Rs 5,30,000 on each side.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in79

Chapter Twenty-Seven

Practice Questions: Conversion of a Firm

Syllabus topic Module II entire

How to use this chapter

Cover the answers and write. Where you differ, the step is almost always one of four: an item not taken over that was included anyway, agreed values put into the realisation account, the reserve routed through realisation, or the discharge distributed in the wrong ratio.

Before starting Question 1, do one thing: compare the net assets with the consideration and note which is larger. It decides whether you are looking for goodwill or a capital reserve, and it takes ten seconds.

---

Question 1 (15 marks)

G and H are partners in GH & Co sharing profits 2:1. Their balance sheet as at 31 March 2027 is:

LiabilitiesRsAssetsRs
Creditors70,000Building2,40,000
Bank overdraft30,000Machinery1,00,000
General reserve60,000Stock80,000
Capital: G2,40,000Debtors70,000
Capital: H1,20,000Cash30,000
Total5,20,000Total5,20,000

On 1 April 2027 GH Ltd is formed to take over the business. It takes all the assets except the cash, and takes over the creditors. The bank overdraft is not taken over and is discharged in full by the firm out of its cash. The assets are taken at building Rs 3,00,000, machinery Rs 92,000, stock Rs 76,000 and debtors Rs 70,000 subject to a provision of Rs 4,000. The purchase consideration is discharged by the issue of 40,000 equity shares of Rs 10 each fully paid and 500 twelve per cent debentures of Rs 100 each. H is to take all the debentures, the balance of each partner's account being settled in shares.

Prepare the realisation account and partners' capital accounts in the books of the firm, and the balance sheet of GH Ltd.

---

Question 2 (8 + 7 marks)

(a) Explain the realisation method and say why the syllabus prescribes it alone for conversion. (8)

(b) A firm's realisation account shows a profit of Rs 60,000 and the company's books show goodwill of Rs 18,000 on the same transaction. Explain how both can be correct, and reconcile them given that the assets were taken over at Rs 42,000 above their book values. (7)

---

Question 3 (15 marks)

(a) Write short notes on any two: (10)

  1. Treatment of assets and liabilities not taken over
  2. Discharge of the purchase consideration
  3. The four things that change when a firm becomes a company

(b) Answer in one sentence each: (5)

  1. At what value is share capital credited where shares are issued at a premium?
  2. Under which Schedule III heading does goodwill appear?
  3. In which ratio are the reserves of the firm distributed?
  4. What arises where the net assets taken over exceed the purchase consideration?
  5. Why do the partners' capitals sometimes exceed the purchase consideration?

---

munotes.in80

Practice Questions: Conversion of a Firm

Answers

Answer 1

Step one: the consideration and the difference.

Rs
40,000 equity shares of Rs 10 each4,00,000
500 debentures of Rs 100 each50,000
Purchase consideration4,50,000
Assets taken over, at agreed valuesRs
Building3,00,000
Machinery92,000
Stock76,000
Debtors, Rs 70,000 less provision Rs 4,00066,000
Total5,34,000
Rs
Assets taken over5,34,000
Less: creditors taken over70,000
Net assets4,64,000
Rs
Net assets taken over4,64,000
Less: purchase consideration4,50,000
Capital reserve14,000

The net assets exceed the consideration, so the company acquired more than it gave and a capital reserve of Rs 14,000 arises. There is no goodwill in this question, and a candidate who has written one has run the subtraction the wrong way.

Step two: the realisation account.

DrRsCrRs
To Building2,40,000By Creditors70,000
To Machinery1,00,000By Bank overdraft30,000
To Stock80,000By GH Ltd4,50,000
To Debtors70,000
To Cash, bank overdraft discharged30,000
To Profit to G's capital20,000
To Profit to H's capital10,000
Total5,50,000Total5,50,000

Check: the consideration of Rs 4,50,000 less the net book value that passed, being Rs 4,90,000 of assets less Rs 70,000 of creditors, that is Rs 4,20,000, gives Rs 30,000, shared 2:1 as Rs 20,000 and Rs 10,000.

The overdraft appears twice, credited as a liability transferred and debited as cash paid, and it nets to nil because it was settled in full at book value.

Step three: the partners' capital accounts.

ParticularsG, RsH, Rs
By balance brought down2,40,0001,20,000
By General reserve, 2:140,00020,000
By Realisation, profit 2:120,00010,000
Total credited3,00,0001,50,000
ParticularsG, RsH, Rs
To 12% Debentures in GH Ltdnil50,000
To Equity shares in GH Ltd3,00,0001,00,000
Total debited3,00,0001,50,000

The proof. The capitals total Rs 4,50,000, exactly the consideration, because nothing was retained: the firm's cash of Rs 30,000 went entirely on the bank overdraft of Rs 30,000, leaving nothing for the partners. And the shares distributed, Rs 3,00,000 and Rs 1,00,000, come to Rs 4,00,000, exactly the shares received.

Step four: the balance sheet.

Balance Sheet of GH Ltd as at 1 April 2027

ParticularsRs
I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
(1) Shareholders' funds: share capital, 40,000 equity shares of Rs 10 each fully paid4,00,000
(1) Shareholders' funds: reserves and surplus, capital reserve14,000
(3) Non-current liabilities: long-term borrowings, 500 twelve per cent debentures50,000
(4) Current liabilities: trade payables70,000
TOTAL5,34,000
ParticularsRs
II. ASSETS
(1) Non-current assets: property, plant and equipment3,92,000
(2) Current assets: inventories76,000
(2) Current assets: trade receivables66,000
TOTAL5,34,000

No goodwill and no cash. The capital reserve sits under reserves and surplus, not as a deduction from anything.

munotes.in81

Practice Questions: Conversion of a Firm

Answer 2

(a) Set out the account: assets transferred at book value on the debit side together with cash paid on liabilities not taken over and any realisation expenses borne by the firm; liabilities transferred at book value, the purchase consideration and the proceeds of anything sold on the credit side; and the balancing figure the profit or loss on realisation, shared in the old ratio. The partners' capitals, the reserves and the company's goodwill never enter it.

Then why MU prescribes it alone. Conversion is in law a sale of the business by one person, the firm, to another, the company, and a realisation account records that sale explicitly, with a seller closing its books and a buyer opening its own. The excluded alternative, continuing the firm's books through a revaluation account, records an adjustment inside a single continuing entity, which is not what happened, and it varies with how each writer chooses to handle an item, so it cannot be marked to a consistent form.

(b) Both are correct because they are different measurements in different books.

Arises inMeasured asBelongs to
Realisation profit, Rs 60,000The firm's booksConsideration less the book value of net assets given upThe partners, in the old ratio
Goodwill, Rs 18,000The company's booksConsideration less the agreed value of net assets receivedThe company, as an intangible asset

The reconciliation. The same consideration is compared with two different figures for the same net assets, and those figures differ by the revaluation of Rs 42,000.

Rs
Goodwill in the company's books18,000
Add: excess of agreed values over book values42,000
Profit on realisation in the firm's books60,000

So the gap between the two numbers is always the revaluation surplus, and where they do not reconcile, an agreed value has been misread.

Answer 3

(a) Short notes

1. Assets and liabilities not taken over. They stay with the firm and must be cleared before its books close. A liability not taken over is credited to realisation when transferred out of the books and debited when discharged in cash, the two cancelling where it is paid at book value but any saving increasing the profit; where a partner assumes it personally, realisation is debited and his capital credited. An asset not taken over is sold, with the proceeds credited to realisation; taken over by a partner, whose capital is debited at the agreed figure; or used to meet the firm's remaining obligations, as cash usually is. The check is that the partners' capitals equal the consideration plus what was retained and distributed, less what a partner took over.

munotes.in82

Practice Questions: Conversion of a Firm

2. Discharge of the consideration. Two entries, not one. The firm first receives the shares, debentures and cash, debiting each and crediting the company, which closes the company's account that had been debited with the consideration. It then distributes them, debiting each partner's capital with his closing balance and crediting what he takes. The ratio is whatever the question specifies and otherwise the ratio of final capital balances, items expressly allotted being deducted first and the balance settled in shares. Three checks: the company's account closes, the shares distributed equal the shares received, and every capital account closes to nil.

3. The four things that change. Liability becomes limited to the amount unpaid on shares instead of extending to a partner's private estate; the business acquires perpetual succession instead of ending on a partner's death or retirement; ownership takes the form of transferable shares rather than capital accounts; and the accounts are drawn in the Schedule III form that section 129 of the Companies Act 2013 requires, rather than the horizontal partnership form.

(b) Answers in one sentence

1. At the face value of the shares, the excess of the issue price being credited to securities premium.

2. Under non-current assets, as an intangible asset.

3. In the old profit-sharing ratio, because the old firm earned them.

4. A capital reserve, the company having acquired more than it gave.

5. Because something was retained by the firm and distributed to them, so their claim is the consideration plus that retained value.

Marking yourself

If your answerThen
Shows goodwill in Question 1The net assets exceed the consideration; it is a capital reserve
Shows cash on GH Ltd's balance sheetThe company did not take the cash, and the firm spent it all on the overdraft
Omitted the overdraft from realisationIt is credited when transferred and debited when paid; both entries are made
Put the agreed values in the realisation accountBook values there; the difference is what the profit measures
Made the capitals differ from Rs 4,50,000Nothing was retained here, so they equal the consideration exactly

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in83

Module III

Ascertainment and Treatment of Profit Prior to Incorporation

munotes.in

Chapter Twenty-Eight

What Profit Prior to Incorporation Is, and Why It Is Capital

Syllabus topic 1, "Introduction to Pre and Post Incorporation"

In one line

Where a company takes over a business from a date before it was incorporated, the profit of the earlier part of the period is capital in the company's hands and cannot be paid out as dividend.

The situation

A business is running. A company is formed to buy it. The purchase agreement makes the takeover effective from a date earlier than the incorporation - usually the start of the financial year, so that a single set of accounts can be drawn.

Three dates matter and a question gives all three.

DateWhat it is
Date of acquisitionFrom which the company takes the business, and from which its accounts run
Date of incorporationWhen the company came into legal existence
Date of the accountsThe end of the accounting year

The period splits at the middle date.

PeriodFrom, to
Pre-incorporationDate of acquisition to date of incorporation
Post-incorporationDate of incorporation to the year end

MU's topic is "Introduction to Pre and Post Incorporation", so those two names are the ones to use.

Why the split is required

Because a company cannot earn before it exists.

Before incorporation there was no company. It had no legal personality, could hold no property, could make no contract and could carry on no business. Whatever the business earned in that period, the company did not earn.

But the company gets the money anyway, because the purchase agreement made the takeover effective from the earlier date. So it receives a profit it did not earn.

And a profit a company did not earn is not a trading profit. It is part of what it acquired when it bought the business, in the same way the stock and the debtors were. Something acquired on purchase is capital, so this profit is capital.

What "capital" means here in practice

It means it cannot be distributed as dividend.

Dividend is paid out of profits, and the profits available for it are those the company earned by trading. Paying a dividend out of a pre-incorporation profit would be distributing part of the purchase price back to the shareholders, which is a return of capital dressed as income.

So the pre-incorporation profit is credited to a capital reserve or applied against something capital, and the treatment chapter later in this module sets out the choices.

And the post-incorporation profit

That is an ordinary trading profit, earned by the company after it existed, and it goes to the statement of profit and loss and is available for dividend in the usual way.

Why the two periods share one set of accounts

A student's first reaction is that the business should simply have closed its books at incorporation. It usually cannot, for two practical reasons.

munotes.in84

What Profit Prior to Incorporation Is, and Why It Is Capital

The accounting period is fixed. The company will make up its accounts to a chosen year end, and the acquisition date is set by the agreement. Neither is chosen to fall on the incorporation date.

The records are continuous. The business kept trading through the incorporation date without interruption. There was no stock-taking, no ruling off, and often no separate figure for anything at that moment.

So one profit and loss account is prepared for the whole period and then APPORTIONED, and that apportionment is the whole technical content of this module.

Where the loss case bites

The pre-incorporation result can be a loss, and it is treated as the mirror image: a capital loss, not a trading one.

Do not net it against the post-incorporation profit. They are different in kind, and netting them would let a capital loss reduce the distributable profit. The two figures are carried separately to the end and treated separately.

How this module connects to the others

Module II sold a firm to a company. This module handles the case where that company was incorporated after the sale took effect. The two modules describe the same commercial event from different sides, and MU has ordered them deliberately.

And Module IV supplies the destination. The post-incorporation profit goes to the statement of profit and loss in the Schedule III form; the pre-incorporation profit goes to a capital reserve under reserves and surplus.

What it does NOT mean

It is not somebody else's profit. It belongs to the company, which bought it.

It is not exempt from tax on that account. The character of a receipt for company law purposes and for tax purposes are separate questions.

It is not avoided by choosing a different year end. The acquisition date and the incorporation date create the gap, not the year end.

The two results are not netted. A pre-incorporation loss does not reduce the post-incorporation profit.

Quick revision

  • A company cannot earn before it exists, so the profit of the period from acquisition to incorporation is capital in its hands.
  • Three dates: acquisition, incorporation, year end; the period splits at the middle one.
  • Capital means not distributable as dividend; paying it out would return part of the purchase price as income.
  • The post-incorporation profit is an ordinary trading profit, available for dividend.
  • One set of accounts is kept for the whole period and then apportioned, because the period is fixed and the records are continuous.
  • A pre-incorporation loss is a capital loss and is never netted against the post-incorporation profit.

Test yourself

1. Why is the profit of the pre-incorporation period treated as capital? Because the company did not exist during that period and so cannot have earned it; it receives the profit only because the purchase agreement made the takeover effective from an earlier date, so the profit is part of what it acquired on purchase, and what is acquired on purchase is capital.

munotes.in85

What Profit Prior to Incorporation Is, and Why It Is Capital

2. What follows in practice from calling it capital? That it cannot be distributed as dividend, since paying it out would return part of the purchase price to the shareholders as though it were income; it is credited to a capital reserve or applied against something capital instead.

3. Name the three dates a question will give. The date of acquisition, from which the company takes the business; the date of incorporation, when it came into legal existence; and the date to which the accounts are made up.

4. Why is one profit and loss account prepared for the whole period? Because the accounting period is fixed by the year end and the acquisition date, neither of which falls on the incorporation date, and because the business traded continuously through that date with no ruling off of the books, so a single account is prepared and then apportioned.

5. May a pre-incorporation loss be set against the post-incorporation profit? No. They differ in kind, and netting them would allow a capital loss to reduce the profit available for dividend.

Answer in one sentence

What is profit prior to incorporation and why is it capital? Where a company is formed to take over an existing business with effect from a date before its own incorporation, the period covered by its first accounts falls into two parts, and the profit of the earlier part cannot have been earned by the company because the company did not then exist, having no legal personality, no capacity to contract and no ability to carry on business; it receives that profit only because the purchase agreement made the takeover retrospective, so the profit is part of what it acquired when it bought the business and is therefore capital in its hands, not distributable as dividend but credited to a capital reserve or applied against a capital item, while the profit of the later part is an ordinary trading profit available for dividend; and because the business traded continuously across the incorporation date, one profit and loss account is prepared for the whole period and then apportioned between them, which is the technical subject of this module.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in86

Chapter Twenty-Nine

The Two Periods, and the Time Ratio

Syllabus topic 2, "Basis of Apportionment between Pre and Post Incorporation Period"

In one line

The time ratio is the number of months before incorporation to the number after, both counted from the date of acquisition to the year end.

Counting the months

Three steps and no arithmetic worth the name, which is why it is worth doing carefully.

Step one: find the whole period. From the date of acquisition to the date of the accounts. It is usually twelve months but need not be.

Step two: split at incorporation. From acquisition to the date of incorporation is the pre-incorporation period; from incorporation to the year end is the post-incorporation period.

Step three: reduce to a ratio.

Worked

A company incorporated on 1 August 2026 took over a business with effect from 1 April 2026. Accounts were made up to 31 March 2027.

FromToMonths
Pre-incorporation1 April 202631 July 20264
Post-incorporation1 August 202631 March 20278
Whole period1 April 202631 March 202712

Time ratio 4:8, that is 1:2.

Write it at the head of the answer as a working note. Every item apportioned on time uses it, and a marker who can see it can follow the rest.

The traps in counting

Four, and each has cost somebody marks.

The period does not always start at the year's beginning. Where the business was acquired on 1 July and the accounts run to 31 March, the whole period is nine months, not twelve, and the ratio is computed on nine.

The incorporation date belongs to the post period. A company incorporated on 1 August existed on 1 August, so August is a post-incorporation month.

Part months are counted where the dates fall mid-month. Incorporation on 16 August with a year ending 31 March gives four and a half months before and seven and a half after, that is a ratio of 4.5:7.5, or 3:5. Reduce it; do not carry halves through the answer.

The ratio is of MONTHS, not of days, unless the question gives dates that make months impossible. Working in days for the sake of precision produces ugly figures and no extra marks.

What the time ratio is for

It apportions items that accrue evenly with the passing of time, and that is the test.

Ask of each expense: would this have been the same amount per month whether the business sold much or little? If yes, it goes on time.

Rent is the standard example. The landlord is paid the same whether the shop is busy. Salaries, insurance, audit fees, depreciation and office expenses are the same kind of thing.

The item-by-item table two chapters on sets them all out. This chapter is only about getting the ratio right.

munotes.in87

The Two Periods, and the Time Ratio

Where the time ratio is wrong

It is wrong for anything that moves with turnover. Commission on sales, carriage outward, advertising and bad debts vary with how much was sold, not with how long the shop was open, and they take the sales ratio instead.

And it is wrong for items belonging wholly to one period, such as directors' fees, which the chapter after next deals with.

So the time ratio is the default, not the universal rule. A candidate who applies it to everything will get the gross profit and half the expenses wrong.

A second time ratio

Occasionally a question needs one. Where an expense changed part-way through the year - rent increased from 1 October, say - the two parts are apportioned separately, each on its own months.

Set it out as a working note:

MonthsRs
Rent at the old rate, 1 April to 30 September6x
Rent at the new rate, 1 October to 31 March6x
Total for the year12x

Then apportion each part on the months it covers that fall in each period. The first part is wholly pre and post in a 4:2 split of its six months; the second is wholly post. A question that does this is testing whether you noticed.

What it does NOT mean

The time ratio is not the sales ratio. They are different numbers and usually differ sharply.

Twelve months is not a safe assumption. The period runs from acquisition.

The incorporation month is not split. Unless the date falls mid-month, it belongs wholly to the post period.

Quick revision

  • Whole period = acquisition to year end, not necessarily twelve months.
  • Pre = acquisition to incorporation; post = incorporation to year end.
  • Write the ratio at the top of the answer as a working note.
  • The incorporation date is in the post period.
  • Reduce part-month ratios; work in months, not days.
  • Time apportions what accrues evenly: rent, salaries, insurance, depreciation, office costs.
  • It is wrong for anything varying with turnover and for items belonging wholly to one period.

Test yourself

1. A company incorporated on 1 August 2026 took over a business from 1 April 2026, with accounts to 31 March 2027. What is the time ratio? Four months before and eight after, that is 1:2.

2. The business was acquired on 1 July and the accounts run to 31 March. What is the whole period? Nine months, because the period runs from the date of acquisition and not from the start of the financial year.

3. Incorporation falls on 16 August with a year ending 31 March. What is the ratio? Four and a half months to seven and a half, which reduces to 3:5.

munotes.in88

The Two Periods, and the Time Ratio

4. What is the test for using the time ratio? Whether the item would have been the same amount per month regardless of how much was sold; if so it accrues with time and is apportioned on the time ratio.

5. Rent increases from 1 October. How is it handled? The year's rent is split into the amount at the old rate and the amount at the new, each apportioned over the months it actually covers, so that the part running from October falls wholly in the post-incorporation period.

Answer in one sentence

How is the time ratio found and used? By taking the whole period covered by the accounts, which runs from the date of acquisition rather than from the start of the financial year, and splitting it at the date of incorporation, the incorporation month belonging to the post period, so that the months before and the months after give a ratio which should be reduced and written as a working note at the head of the answer; it apportions every item that accrues evenly with the passing of time, such as rent, salaries, insurance, depreciation and office expenses, the test being whether the amount per month would have been the same whatever the level of sales, and it is wrong for anything varying with turnover, which takes the sales ratio, and for items belonging wholly to one period, which are not apportioned at all.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in89

Chapter Thirty

The Sales Ratio, and When It Applies

Syllabus topic 2, "Basis of Apportionment between Pre and Post Incorporation Period"

In one line

The sales ratio is the sales of the pre-incorporation period to those of the post-incorporation period, and it apportions everything that varies with turnover.

How a question gives it

Four ways, in descending order of how often they appear.

One: the figures outright

"Sales for the year were Rs 12,00,000, of which Rs 3,00,000 arose before incorporation."

Sales ratio 3,00,000 : 9,00,000, that is 1:3. Nothing to compute.

Two: a multiple

"Monthly sales in the post-incorporation period were twice those of the pre-incorporation period."

Weight the months. With four months before and eight after, at a monthly rate of 1 before and 2 after:

MonthsRateWeighted
Pre-incorporation414
Post-incorporation8216
Ratio4:16, that is 1:4

Three: a pattern described in words

"Sales were uniform except for August, September and October, in which they were double."

Count the months at their weights and add. Four ordinary months before incorporation and eight after, of which three are at double:

Ordinary monthsDouble monthsWeighted
Pre-incorporation404
Post-incorporation53 at 2 each, that is 611
Ratio4:11

Four: nothing at all

Then sales were even, and the sales ratio equals the time ratio. Say so in the answer: "no information as to the incidence of sales being given, sales are taken as uniform and the sales ratio is therefore the same as the time ratio, 1:2." That sentence earns a mark and costs a line.

What the sales ratio apportions

Everything that moves with turnover, and the test is the mirror of the time test.

Ask: would this have been larger in a month when more was sold?

ItemWhy sales
Gross profitIt is a margin on sales, so it moves exactly with them
Commission on salesComputed as a percentage of sales
Carriage outwardCost of delivering what was sold
AdvertisingUsually taken as varying with sales; a question may direct otherwise
Bad debtsArise out of credit sales
Discount allowedGiven on sales
Salesmen's commission and travellingVary with selling activity
Packing and freight outwardVary with goods despatched

The first row is the one that matters most. The gross profit is usually the largest figure in the whole statement, and it is apportioned on sales because it is a proportion of them. Apportioning it on time throws the entire answer out.

Where the sales ratio is wrong

Advertising is the item to watch. It is conventionally apportioned on sales, but advertising is often a decision rather than a consequence, and a question that says "the advertising campaign was undertaken after incorporation" has moved it out of the sales ratio entirely. Read the notes under the trial balance.

munotes.in90

The Sales Ratio, and When It Applies

Carriage inward is not carriage outward. Inward is a cost of purchases and enters the trading account before the gross profit is struck; it is not apportioned separately at all.

Discount received is not discount allowed. Received is on purchases and is usually apportioned on the ratio of purchases, or on time where nothing else is given; allowed is on sales.

Worked

A company incorporated on 1 August 2026 took over a business from 1 April 2026, with accounts to 31 March 2027. Sales for the year were Rs 12,00,000, of which Rs 3,00,000 arose in the four months to 31 July. The gross profit was Rs 4,80,000.

Rs
Sales, pre-incorporation3,00,000
Sales, post-incorporation9,00,000
Total12,00,000

Sales ratio 1:3.

Rs
Gross profit, pre-incorporation, one quarter1,20,000
Gross profit, post-incorporation, three quarters3,60,000
Total4,80,000

Set the two ratios side by side and see how far apart they are:

PrePost
Time ratio12
Sales ratio13

Four months produced a quarter of the sales although they were a third of the year, which is the ordinary case for a business whose trade builds. Using the wrong ratio on the gross profit here would misstate the pre-incorporation profit by Rs 40,000 on a figure of Rs 1,20,000.

What it does NOT mean

The sales ratio is not the time ratio adjusted. It is computed from sales.

It does not apply to the gross profit only. Every turnover-driven expense uses it.

Silence is not an excuse to use time by default. Silence means sales were uniform, which happens to give the same figures, and the answer should say which reasoning it used.

Quick revision

  • Sales ratio = pre-incorporation sales : post-incorporation sales.
  • Given four ways: outright, as a multiple to be weighted by months, as a pattern in words, or not at all, in which case sales were uniform and the ratio equals the time ratio. Say so.
  • It apportions the gross profit and every turnover-driven expense: commission, carriage outward, advertising, bad debts, discount allowed, selling costs.
  • The gross profit is the largest line in the statement, and putting it on time is the costliest error in the module.
  • Carriage inward is a purchase cost inside the trading account, not an apportioned expense; discount received follows purchases, not sales.

Test yourself

1. What does the sales ratio apportion? The gross profit and every expense that varies with turnover, including commission on sales, carriage outward, advertising, bad debts, discount allowed and selling costs.

2. Post-incorporation monthly sales were twice the pre-incorporation rate, over four months and eight. What is the ratio? Four weighted units before against sixteen after, that is 1:4.

3. The question says nothing about sales. What do you do? Take sales as uniform, so that the sales ratio equals the time ratio, and say in the answer that you are doing so and why.

munotes.in91

The Sales Ratio, and When It Applies

4. Why does the gross profit go on sales? Because it is a margin on sales and therefore moves exactly with them; it is also the largest figure in the statement, so apportioning it on time misstates both results substantially.

5. Is carriage inward apportioned on sales? No. It is a cost of purchases and enters the trading account before the gross profit is struck, so it is not separately apportioned at all.

Answer in one sentence

What is the sales ratio and when is it used? It is the ratio of the sales of the pre-incorporation period to those of the post-incorporation period, given either outright, as a multiple of monthly rates to be weighted by the months in each period, as a pattern described in words, or not at all, in which case sales are taken as uniform and the ratio equals the time ratio, a point the answer should state rather than assume; and it apportions the gross profit, which is a margin on sales and the largest single figure in the statement, together with every expense that varies with turnover, such as commission on sales, carriage outward, advertising unless the question shows it was a post-incorporation decision, bad debts, discount allowed and the costs of selling, while carriage inward and discount received follow purchases and not sales.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in92

Chapter Thirty-One

The Basis of Apportionment, Item by Item

Syllabus topic 2, "Basis of Apportionment between Pre and Post Incorporation Period"

In one line

Every item goes on time, on sales, or wholly to one period, and the test for each is a single question you can ask of any expense the examiner invents.

The three tests

BasisThe question to askIf yes
TimeWould this have been the same amount per month whatever was sold?Time ratio
SalesWould this have been larger in a month when more was sold?Sales ratio
Wholly one periodCould this have arisen only before, or only after, incorporation?Neither ratio

Ask them in that order. Most items answer the first or the second; those that answer the third are the subject of the next chapter.

Table one: on the time ratio

ItemWhy
Rent, rates and taxesPayable for the passage of time, whatever the trade
Salaries and wages of general staffPaid by the month
InsuranceA premium for a period
DepreciationCharged for the time an asset was held and used
Printing and stationeryConsumed steadily by the office
Office and general expensesThe running cost of being open
Telephone, electricity and waterStanding charges, mostly
Repairs and maintenanceArise with the passage of time
Audit fees, where they cover the whole periodThe audit covers the year
Interest on loans running through the yearAccrues by time
Establishment expensesThe general term for the above

Depreciation deserves a note. It is on time because it measures the expiry of an asset over the period held. Where an asset was bought after incorporation, its depreciation is wholly post-incorporation, and the question will make that clear by giving the date.

Table two: on the sales ratio

ItemWhy
Gross profitA margin on sales
Commission on salesA percentage of sales
Carriage outwardCost of delivering goods sold
AdvertisingTaken to vary with sales, unless the question says otherwise
Bad debtsArise out of credit sales
Discount allowedGiven on sales
Salesmen's salaries and commissionSelling costs
Travelling expenses of salesmenSelling costs
Packing and freight outwardVary with goods despatched
Provision for doubtful debtsFollows debtors, which follow sales

Two of those are conventions rather than logic, and a good answer says so. Advertising could be a lump decision, and salesmen's salaries may be fixed rather than commission. Where the question gives a fact that displaces the convention, follow the fact.

Table three: wholly to one period

ItemPeriodWhy
Directors' fees and remunerationPostA company must exist to have directors
Preliminary expenses written offPostThey are the cost of forming the company
Debenture interestPostThe company issued the debentures
Interest on share capitalPostThere were no shares before
Managing director's remunerationPostSame reason as directors' fees
Company formation and registration costsPostBy definition
Partners' salariesPreThe firm's arrangement, ended by the sale
Interest on partners' capitalPreSame
Interest to the vendor up to the payment dateSplit, see belowRuns from acquisition to payment
munotes.in93

The Basis of Apportionment, Item by Item

The last row is the one questions use to separate candidates. Interest paid to the vendor on the unpaid purchase consideration runs from the acquisition date to the date the consideration is discharged, and that period usually straddles incorporation. Apportion it on the months it actually covers within each period, not on the general time ratio.

The two items outside all three tables

Goodwill written off is not an apportioned expense at all. It is a charge in the company's own books after the purchase, so it is wholly post-incorporation where it is written off through profit and loss, or it never reaches profit and loss where it is written off against a reserve.

Loss on sale of a fixed asset, or a similar one-off, belongs to the period in which the event occurred, and the question gives the date.

The rule to apply when the table fails

An examiner will occasionally name an expense none of the tables covers. Do not guess. Ask the three questions in order and write down the answer with its reason.

"Warehouse rent has been apportioned on the time ratio, since it accrues with the passage of time and does not vary with the level of sales."

A stated reason gets the mark even where the marker would have chosen differently, and an unstated basis gets nothing even where it is right.

What it does NOT mean

The tables are not a substitute for reading the question. A note under the trial balance can move any item.

Time is not the default for anything unfamiliar. The three questions are the default.

Depreciation is not always wholly on time. An asset acquired after incorporation carries its depreciation wholly post.

Quick revision

  • Three tests, in order: same each month regardless of sales, so time; larger when more was sold, so sales; could only have arisen in one period, so wholly.
  • Time: rent, salaries, insurance, depreciation, printing, office and general expenses, repairs, audit fees, loan interest.
  • Sales: gross profit, commission, carriage outward, advertising, bad debts, discount allowed, selling and travelling costs.
  • Post only: directors' fees, preliminary expenses, debenture interest, formation costs. Pre only: partners' salaries and interest on their capital.
  • Interest to the vendor is apportioned over the months it actually covers, straddling incorporation.
  • Show the basis column, and state a reason for any item outside the tables.
munotes.in94

The Basis of Apportionment, Item by Item

Test yourself

1. State the three tests. Whether the item would have been the same each month regardless of sales, in which case it goes on time; whether it would have been larger in a month when more was sold, in which case it goes on sales; and whether it could only have arisen in one of the two periods, in which case it is not apportioned at all.

2. On what basis is depreciation apportioned, and what displaces it? On time, because it measures the expiry of an asset over the period held; but an asset acquired after incorporation carries its depreciation wholly in the post-incorporation period.

3. Give three items belonging wholly to the post-incorporation period. Directors' fees, preliminary expenses written off and debenture interest; the managing director's remuneration and formation costs are equally acceptable.

4. How is interest to the vendor treated? It is apportioned over the months it actually covers, running from the acquisition date to the date the consideration is discharged, so it usually straddles incorporation and is split on those months rather than on the general time ratio.

5. The examiner names an expense none of the tables covers. What do you do? Apply the three tests in order and write the basis chosen with its reason, since a stated reason earns the mark even where a marker would have chosen differently, while an unstated basis earns nothing.

Answer in one sentence

On what bases are the items apportioned? On one of three, decided by asking in order whether the item would have been the same amount each month regardless of what was sold, in which case it takes the time ratio, as rent, salaries, insurance, depreciation, printing, office expenses, repairs, audit fees and loan interest do; whether it would have been larger in a month when more was sold, in which case it takes the sales ratio, as the gross profit does along with commission on sales, carriage outward, advertising, bad debts, discount allowed and the costs of selling; or whether it could only have arisen in one period, in which case it is not apportioned at all, directors' fees, preliminary expenses, debenture interest and formation costs falling wholly after incorporation and partners' salaries and interest on their capital wholly before, while interest to the vendor is spread over the months it actually covers; and the basis chosen should be shown in its own column, with a stated reason for anything the tables do not name.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in95

Chapter Thirty-Two

Items That Belong Wholly to One Period

Syllabus topic 2, "Basis of Apportionment between Pre and Post Incorporation Period"

In one line

Some costs could only have arisen after the company existed, and some only before it took over, so they go whole into one column.

The post-incorporation items, and why

ItemWhy it can only be post
Directors' fees and remunerationA director is an officer of a company; before incorporation there was no company and so no board
Managing director's remunerationThe same
Preliminary expenses written offThese are the costs of bringing the company into existence, so they cannot precede it
Formation and registration expensesThe same
Debenture interestThe debentures were issued by the company
Interest on share capitalThere were no shares before incorporation
Audit fees for the statutory auditThe statutory audit is a company obligation under the Companies Act
Depreciation on an asset bought after incorporationThe asset was not held before

The pattern is worth naming. Each of these arises out of being a company or out of something the company did. Ask "could a partnership have incurred this?" If not, it is post-incorporation.

The pre-incorporation items, and why

ItemWhy it can only be pre
Partners' salariesThe partnership arrangement ended when the business was sold
Interest on partners' capitalThe same
Any expense the vendor bore personally under the agreementThe agreement says so

These are fewer, because the business itself continued across the incorporation date and most of its costs continued with it. Only the arrangements peculiar to the partnership stop.

The statutory audit fee, and the trap in it

Audit fees appear in two guises and students treat them alike.

A statutory audit fee is a company obligation and belongs wholly to the post period.

An audit fee covering the whole accounting period, where the question presents it as an ordinary running cost, is apportioned on time.

The question decides. Where it says "audit fees" without more, apportion on time and say so; where it says "statutory audit fees of the company", it is post. A one-line reason protects the mark either way.

Interest to the vendor: the one that straddles

Where the purchase consideration is not paid at once, the company usually pays the vendor interest on the outstanding amount from the acquisition date until it is discharged.

That period begins before incorporation and ends after it. So the interest is neither wholly pre nor wholly post, and it is not apportioned on the general time ratio either.

It is split on the months it actually covers.

Worked

A business was acquired with effect from 1 April 2026. The company was incorporated on 1 August 2026 and discharged the consideration of Rs 5,00,000 on 30 November 2026, having agreed to pay interest at 12 per cent per annum from the date of acquisition.

munotes.in96

Items That Belong Wholly to One Period

Step one: the total interest.

Rs
Rs 5,00,000 at 12 per cent for a full year60,000
For eight months, 1 April to 30 November40,000

Step two: split it on its own months.

MonthsRs
1 April to 31 July, pre-incorporation420,000
1 August to 30 November, post-incorporation420,000
Total840,000

Note what just happened. The interest splits 1:1, although the general time ratio for this question is 1:2. Using the time ratio would have put Rs 13,333 in the pre column instead of Rs 20,000, and the error would be invisible in a statement that still balanced.

Show the working. A marker cannot give credit for a split he cannot see the basis of.

Two more that behave the same way

An expense that began part-way through the year. Rent on a second warehouse taken from 1 October is wholly post-incorporation, because the obligation did not exist before.

An expense that ended part-way through. A royalty payable under an agreement the vendor terminated on the sale is wholly pre.

In both, the test is the same: over what months did the obligation actually run?

The check that catches an error here

Add each column of the statement and confirm that every whole-period item appears once and only once.

A quick way: total all the expenses across both columns and compare with the total in the trial balance. They must agree exactly. An item put in both columns, or left out of both, shows up immediately.

What it does NOT mean

Wholly does not mean unusual. Directors' fees appear in almost every question.

Interest to the vendor is not a whole-period item. It straddles, and is split on its own months.

"Post-incorporation" does not mean paid after incorporation. It means it relates to the post-incorporation period; when the cheque was written is irrelevant.

Quick revision

  • Post only: directors' and managing director's remuneration, preliminary expenses, formation costs, debenture interest, interest on share capital, statutory audit fees, depreciation on assets bought after incorporation.
  • Pre only: partners' salaries, interest on partners' capital, and anything the vendor bore under the agreement.
  • The test: could a partnership have incurred this? If not, it is post.
  • Interest to the vendor straddles and is split on its own months, not on the general time ratio.
  • An obligation beginning or ending mid-year runs only over the months it actually covered.
  • Check: the two columns of every expense must add back to the trial balance figure.

Test yourself

1. Why are directors' fees wholly post-incorporation? Because a director is an officer of a company, and before incorporation there was no company and therefore no board to be paid.

munotes.in97

Items That Belong Wholly to One Period

2. Give the general test for a post-incorporation item. Whether a partnership could have incurred it; if it could not, because the cost arises out of being a company or out of something the company did, it belongs wholly to the post period.

3. Interest at 12 per cent on Rs 5,00,000 runs from 1 April to 30 November, with incorporation on 1 August. How is it split? The total is Rs 40,000 for eight months, split on its own months as Rs 20,000 to each period, four months falling before incorporation and four after; the general time ratio of 1:2 does not apply.

4. Why is that distinction worth marks? Because using the general time ratio would put Rs 13,333 rather than Rs 20,000 in the pre-incorporation column, and the statement would still balance, so the error is invisible unless the basis is shown.

5. What check catches an item placed in both columns or in neither? Adding the two columns of every expense and comparing the total with the trial balance figure, which must agree exactly.

Answer in one sentence

Which items belong wholly to one period? Those that could only have arisen in that period: directors' and managing director's remuneration, preliminary expenses written off, formation and registration costs, debenture interest, interest on share capital, the statutory audit fee and depreciation on assets bought after incorporation all belong wholly to the post-incorporation period, because each arises out of being a company or out of something the company did and a partnership could not have incurred it; partners' salaries, interest on their capital and anything the vendor bore under the agreement belong wholly to the pre-incorporation period, because the partnership arrangement ended on the sale; and interest payable to the vendor on the unpaid consideration is the exception that straddles both, running from the acquisition date to the date of discharge and being split over the months it actually covers rather than on the general time ratio, a distinction worth marks because using the wrong basis produces a statement that still balances.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in98

Chapter Thirty-Three

The Columnar Statement of Profit and Loss

Syllabus topic 3, "Computation of Pre and Post Incorporation Profit/ Loss"

In one line

One statement, four columns, with the total from the books, the basis of division, and the two periods' shares.

The form

ParticularsTotal, RsBasisPre, RsPost, Rs
Gross profitxSalesxx
Less: expenses, item by itemxTime or Sales or Postxx
Net profit or lossxxx

Four columns and not three. A statement without the basis column can be right and still lose marks, because the examiner cannot see the reasoning that produced each split.

The order of the lines

Follow the order of an ordinary profit and loss account and the marker can follow you.

OrderLines
1Gross profit, brought from the trading account
2Add: other income, if any, apportioned on its own basis
3Less: expenses on the time ratio, grouped
4Less: expenses on the sales ratio, grouped
5Less: expenses wholly post-incorporation
6Less: expenses wholly pre-incorporation, if any
7Net profit or loss for each period

Grouping by basis rather than by nature is the improvement most students miss. It puts every time-apportioned item together, so a wrong ratio applied once shows up as a block rather than scattered through the statement.

Building it, line by line

Take each expense in turn and do three things.

Write the total from the trial balance into the total column, unchanged.

Write the basis in the basis column, in one or two words: Time, Sales, Post, Pre, or Actual.

Divide it into the two columns using that basis.

Then check the line: pre plus post must equal the total. Do it as you go, not at the end; an error found on the line it was made on costs seconds, and one found at the bottom costs a rebuild.

The trading account comes first

The columnar statement starts from the gross profit, which means the trading account has already been prepared for the whole period.

Rs
Salesx
Less: cost of goods sold, being opening stock plus purchases plus carriage inward less closing stockx
Gross profitx

Carriage inward, wages of factory workers and other direct costs are inside that calculation and are not separately apportioned. Only the gross profit that emerges is apportioned, and it goes on the sales ratio.

Where a question asks for the trading account in columnar form too, apportion the sales on the sales ratio and the cost of goods sold on the same ratio, which produces the same gross profit split. Most questions do not ask for it, and starting from the gross profit is quicker.

What the basis column should say

Short, and specific enough to be checked.

munotes.in99

The Columnar Statement of Profit and Loss

WriteNot
Time 1:2"Apportioned"
Sales 1:3"Ratio"
Post"Company"
Pre"Firm"
Actual, 4:4 months"Special"

Putting the ratio itself in the column is worth doing. It lets the marker verify a line without going back to your working notes.

The three checks

CheckHow
Each linePre plus post equals the total
Each columnThe expenses total agrees with the trial balance
The resultPre profit plus post profit equals the total profit for the year

The third is the one that proves the whole statement. If the two results do not add back to the year's profit, a line has been split wrongly or an item has been counted twice.

A common presentational error

Do not show a single "net profit" figure only. MU's topic is the computation of pre and post incorporation profit or loss, so the two figures are the answer. A statement ending in one number has not answered the question asked.

And label them. "Profit prior to incorporation Rs 17,000" and "Profit after incorporation Rs 65,000", in words, at the foot. The next chapter turns those labels into entries.

What it does NOT mean

The total column is not decoration. It is the control that proves each line.

The basis column is not optional. It carries marks of its own.

The statement is not a Schedule III profit and loss. That form belongs to Module IV; this is a working statement.

Quick revision

  • Four columns: total, basis, pre, post.
  • Group by basis, not by nature, so a wrong ratio shows up as a block.
  • Start from the gross profit; the trading account has already absorbed carriage inward and direct costs.
  • Write the ratio in the basis column, as "Time 1:2" or "Sales 1:3".
  • Three checks: each line adds across; each column agrees with the trial balance; the two results add to the year's profit.
  • End with two labelled figures, not one.

Test yourself

1. What are the four columns? Total, basis, pre-incorporation and post-incorporation.

2. Why group expenses by basis rather than by nature? Because a wrong ratio applied once then shows up as a block of adjacent lines rather than scattered through the statement, which makes it far easier to find.

3. Where does the statement begin, and why not with sales? With the gross profit, because the trading account for the whole period has already absorbed the carriage inward and the other direct costs, and it is the gross profit that is apportioned, on the sales ratio.

4. What should the basis column say for salaries in a question with a 1:2 time ratio? "Time 1:2", because writing the ratio itself lets the marker verify the line without turning to the working notes.

munotes.in100

The Columnar Statement of Profit and Loss

5. State the check that proves the whole statement. That the pre-incorporation result plus the post-incorporation result equals the profit or loss for the whole year; if they do not, a line has been split wrongly or an item counted twice.

Answer in one sentence

How is the columnar statement prepared? As one statement in four columns, the total taken unchanged from the books, the basis stated in a column of its own as Time, Sales, Post, Pre or Actual together with the ratio used, and the two remaining columns carrying each item's share of the pre-incorporation and post-incorporation periods; it begins with the gross profit brought from a trading account already prepared for the whole period, groups the expenses by basis rather than by nature so that a misapplied ratio shows as a block, and ends with two separately labelled results rather than one; and it is proved by three checks, that each line's two shares add back to its total, that each column of expenses agrees with the trial balance, and that the two results together equal the profit or loss for the year.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in101

Chapter Thirty-Four

A Complete Computation, Worked

Syllabus topic 3, "Computation of Pre and Post Incorporation Profit/ Loss"

The question

Meera Traders Ltd was incorporated on 1 August 2026 to take over the business of a firm with effect from 1 April 2026. The accounts for the year ended 31 March 2027 showed a gross profit of Rs 4,80,000 and the following expenses:

Rs
Salaries96,000
Rent, rates and taxes72,000
Printing and stationery18,000
General expenses24,000
Advertising60,000
Carriage outward24,000
Commission on sales36,000
Bad debts12,000
Directors' fees30,000
Preliminary expenses written off10,000
Debenture interest16,000
Total3,98,000

Sales for the year were Rs 12,00,000, of which Rs 3,00,000 arose in the four months to 31 July 2026.

Compute the profit prior to and after incorporation.

Working note one: the time ratio

FromToMonths
Pre-incorporation1 April 202631 July 20264
Post-incorporation1 August 202631 March 20278
Total12

Time ratio 1:2.

Working note two: the sales ratio

Rs
Sales, pre-incorporation3,00,000
Sales, post-incorporation9,00,000
Total12,00,000

Sales ratio 1:3.

Note that they differ. Four months of the year produced only a quarter of the sales, so the gross profit divides more sharply than the time.

The statement

ParticularsTotal, RsBasisPre, RsPost, Rs
Gross profit4,80,000Sales 1:31,20,0003,60,000
Less: expenses on time
Salaries96,000Time 1:232,00064,000
Rent, rates and taxes72,000Time 1:224,00048,000
Printing and stationery18,000Time 1:26,00012,000
General expenses24,000Time 1:28,00016,000
Less: expenses on sales
Advertising60,000Sales 1:315,00045,000
Carriage outward24,000Sales 1:36,00018,000
Commission on sales36,000Sales 1:39,00027,000
Bad debts12,000Sales 1:33,0009,000
Less: wholly post-incorporation
Directors' fees30,000Postnil30,000
Preliminary expenses written off10,000Postnil10,000
Debenture interest16,000Postnil16,000
Total expenses3,98,0001,03,0002,95,000
Total, RsPre, RsPost, Rs
Gross profit4,80,0001,20,0003,60,000
Less: total expenses3,98,0001,03,0002,95,000
Net profit82,00017,00065,000

The three checks, run

One: does each line add across?

Take salaries: Rs 32,000 plus Rs 64,000 is Rs 96,000. Every line does the same, and checking as you go is quicker than rebuilding.

Two: do the expense columns agree with the total?

Rs
Expenses, pre-incorporation1,03,000
Expenses, post-incorporation2,95,000
Total3,98,000

Which is the trial balance figure.

Three: do the results add back to the year's profit?

Rs
Profit prior to incorporation17,000
Profit after incorporation65,000
Profit for the year82,000
Rs
Gross profit4,80,000
Less: total expenses3,98,000
Profit for the year82,000

The two agree, so the statement is proved.

What the answer must say at the end

Profit prior to incorporation Rs 17,000, being capital in the company's hands and to be credited to capital reserve. Profit after incorporation Rs 65,000, being a trading profit available for distribution.

munotes.in102

A Complete Computation, Worked

Two labelled figures with their character stated. The next chapter gives the entries.

Where marks are lost in this question

The errorThe consequence
Gross profit on time instead of salesPre becomes Rs 1,60,000; the answer is wrong by Rs 40,000 and everything downstream moves
Directors' fees apportionedRs 10,000 wrongly charged to a period in which there were no directors
Preliminary expenses apportionedThe same error, for a cost of forming the company
Advertising on timeA defensible view, but it must be argued; unstated it reads as a slip
One net profit shownThe question asked for two

In short

  • Time ratio 1:2 from four months and eight; sales ratio 1:3 from Rs 3,00,000 and Rs 9,00,000.
  • Gross profit on sales: Rs 1,20,000 and Rs 3,60,000.
  • Four expenses on time, four on sales, three wholly post.
  • Results: Rs 17,000 prior to incorporation and Rs 65,000 after, adding to the year's Rs 82,000.
  • State the character of each result, not just the figure.

Answer in one sentence

Compute the profit prior to and after incorporation. Establish the two ratios first, four months to eight giving a time ratio of 1:2 and sales of Rs 3,00,000 to Rs 9,00,000 giving a sales ratio of 1:3, and note that they differ; then set out a four-column statement in which the gross profit of Rs 4,80,000 is divided on sales as Rs 1,20,000 and Rs 3,60,000, the salaries, rent, printing and general expenses are divided on time, the advertising, carriage outward, commission and bad debts on sales, and the directors' fees, preliminary expenses and debenture interest charged wholly to the post-incorporation period because a company must exist to incur them; the expenses then total Rs 1,03,000 and Rs 2,95,000 against the trial balance figure of Rs 3,98,000, and the results are a profit prior to incorporation of Rs 17,000, which is capital and goes to capital reserve, and a profit after incorporation of Rs 65,000, which is a trading profit available for distribution, the two together being the year's profit of Rs 82,000.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in103

Chapter Thirty-Five

Treatment of the Pre-incorporation and Post-incorporation Result

Syllabus topic 4, "Treatment of Pre and Post Incorporation Profit/ Loss"

In one line

The pre-incorporation result is capital and goes to a capital reserve or against a capital item; the post-incorporation result is a trading result and goes to the statement of profit and loss.

The post-incorporation result: one destination

It is an ordinary trading profit or loss of the company, earned after it existed.

Profit and Loss A/c, in the Schedule III statement, and thence to reserves and surplus on the balance sheet.

It is available for dividend in the ordinary way, and nothing about this module restricts it.

A post-incorporation loss is likewise an ordinary trading loss and is carried as a debit balance in reserves and surplus.

The pre-incorporation profit: three destinations

All three are capital treatments and the question decides which.

DestinationWhenThe entry
Capital ReserveThe default, and what to use where the question is silentProfit prior to incorporation A/c Dr, to Capital Reserve
Written off against GoodwillWhere goodwill arose on the purchase and the question directs itProfit prior to incorporation A/c Dr, to Goodwill
Written off against Preliminary ExpensesWhere the question directs itProfit prior to incorporation A/c Dr, to Preliminary Expenses

Why all three are proper. The profit is capital, so it may be kept as a capital reserve or used to reduce a capital item the company is carrying. What it may not do is increase the profit available for dividend, and none of the three does.

Capital reserve is the answer where the question says nothing. Say so: "in the absence of instructions the profit prior to incorporation has been transferred to capital reserve."

The pre-incorporation loss: three destinations

A capital loss, and the mirror of the above.

DestinationWhen
Debited to GoodwillThe commonest treatment; the loss is treated as part of what the company paid for the business
Debited to Capital ReserveWhere a capital reserve exists, from this purchase or another
Carried as "Loss prior to incorporation"Shown separately under reserves and surplus and written off over time as the question directs

The entry in the first case:

Goodwill A/c Dr, to Loss prior to incorporation A/c.

And the reasoning worth stating. The company agreed to take the business from a date before it existed, and the business lost money in that period. That loss is part of the cost of acquiring the business, in the same way a higher price would have been, so adding it to goodwill describes what happened.

What it must not do is reduce the post-incorporation profit. That would let a capital loss shelter distributable profit, and it is the error the whole module exists to prevent.

munotes.in104

Treatment of the Pre-incorporation and Post-incorporation Result

Where each appears on the balance sheet

Schedule III heading
Capital reserveShareholders' funds, reserves and surplus
Goodwill, whether raised or increased by a lossNon-current assets, intangible assets
Preliminary expenses not yet written offOther current assets or other non-current assets, per the question
Post-incorporation profitShareholders' funds, reserves and surplus, as surplus

Module IV sets those headings out in full. What matters here is that the capital reserve and the trading surplus are different lines under the same heading, and showing them merged loses the point of the module.

Worked

The computation gave a profit prior to incorporation of Rs 17,000 and a profit after incorporation of Rs 65,000. Goodwill of Rs 40,000 arose on the purchase. The question is silent as to treatment.

The entries:

Dr, RsCr, Rs
Profit prior to incorporation A/c17,000
To Capital Reserve17,000
Total17,00017,000

And the post-incorporation profit of Rs 65,000 is simply the profit for the year in the statement of profit and loss.

On the balance sheet:

Reserves and surplusRs
Capital reserve17,000
Surplus, being the profit after incorporation65,000
Total82,000

Both together are the year's Rs 82,000, but only Rs 65,000 of it can be paid out.

Now the same figures where the question directs the pre-incorporation profit to be written off against goodwill:

Dr, RsCr, Rs
Profit prior to incorporation A/c17,000
To Goodwill17,000
Total17,00017,000
Rs
Goodwill as raised on the purchase40,000
Less: profit prior to incorporation applied17,000
Goodwill carried forward23,000

No capital reserve appears, and the balance sheet total falls by Rs 17,000 on both sides.

The three sentences that finish an answer

Whatever the treatment, end with these.

Name the character. "The profit of Rs 17,000 arising prior to incorporation is capital in the company's hands."

Name the destination and why. "It has accordingly been transferred to capital reserve, no other treatment having been directed."

Name what follows. "It is not available for distribution as dividend."

What it does NOT mean

Capital reserve is not a cash fund. It is a classification of a balance.

Writing the profit off against goodwill does not make it disappear. It reduces an asset rather than creating a reserve.

A pre-incorporation loss is not a trading loss. It never reduces the profit available for dividend.

The two results are never netted, whichever way each runs.

Quick revision

  • Post-incorporation result: ordinary trading profit or loss, to the statement of profit and loss and thence to reserves and surplus; available for dividend.
  • Pre-incorporation profit: capital. To capital reserve by default, or written off against goodwill or preliminary expenses where directed.
  • Pre-incorporation loss: capital. Debited to goodwill as part of the cost of acquisition, or to a capital reserve, or carried separately as "loss prior to incorporation".
  • Never allow either to change the other; the two are not netted.
  • Say the character, the destination, the reason and the consequence at the end of an answer.
munotes.in105

Treatment of the Pre-incorporation and Post-incorporation Result

Test yourself

1. Where does the post-incorporation profit go? To the statement of profit and loss as the company's trading profit, and thence to reserves and surplus, where it is available for distribution as dividend.

2. Give the three destinations of a pre-incorporation profit. Capital reserve, which is the default where nothing is directed; a write-off against goodwill; or a write-off against preliminary expenses.

3. What is the entry where the profit is transferred to capital reserve? Profit prior to incorporation account is debited and capital reserve credited with the amount.

4. How is a pre-incorporation loss treated, and why is that reasonable? It is usually debited to goodwill, because the company agreed to take the business from a date before it existed and the loss of that period is part of the cost of acquiring it, exactly as a higher price would have been; alternatively it is debited to a capital reserve or carried separately as a loss prior to incorporation.

5. Why must a pre-incorporation loss never be set against the post-incorporation profit? Because it is a capital loss, and netting it would allow it to shelter profit that is available for dividend, which is the very thing the distinction exists to prevent.

Answer in one sentence

How are the two results treated? The post-incorporation result is an ordinary trading profit or loss of the company, taken to the statement of profit and loss and shown as surplus under reserves and surplus, available for distribution in the usual way; the pre-incorporation profit is capital in the company's hands and is transferred to capital reserve where nothing else is directed, or applied in writing down goodwill or preliminary expenses where the question so requires, none of which increases the profit available for dividend; and a pre-incorporation loss, being equally capital, is debited to goodwill as part of the cost of acquiring the business, or to an existing capital reserve, or carried separately under reserves and surplus as a loss prior to incorporation, but is in no case set against the post-incorporation profit, since that would let a capital loss shelter distributable profit.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in106

Chapter Thirty-Six

Practice Questions: Profit Prior to Incorporation

Syllabus topic Module III entire

How to use this chapter

Do three things before writing a line. Count the months and write the time ratio. Compute the sales ratio and write it beside. Then read every expense once and mark it T, S, Post or Pre in the margin. The statement then writes itself.

---

Question 1 (15 marks)

Sharada Ltd was incorporated on 1 September 2026 to take over the business of a partnership firm with effect from 1 April 2026. The accounts for the year ended 31 March 2027 showed a gross profit of Rs 2,88,000 and the following expenses:

Rs
Salaries60,000
Rent, rates and taxes36,000
Insurance12,000
Depreciation24,000
Advertising32,000
Carriage outward16,000
Bad debts8,000
Directors' fees24,000
Preliminary expenses written off6,000
Partners' salaries15,000
Total2,33,000

Sales for the year were Rs 9,60,000, of which Rs 2,40,000 arose in the five months to 31 August 2026. Goodwill of Rs 50,000 arose on the purchase.

Compute the profit or loss prior to and after incorporation, and state how each is to be treated.

---

Question 2 (8 + 7 marks)

(a) Explain why the profit of the period prior to incorporation is treated as capital, and set out the ways in which a pre-incorporation profit and a pre-incorporation loss may respectively be dealt with. (8)

(b) A company was incorporated on 1 August and took over a business from 1 April, paying the vendor interest at 12 per cent per annum on the consideration of Rs 5,00,000 from the date of acquisition until it was discharged on 30 November. Compute the interest and apportion it, explaining why the general time ratio does not apply. (7)

---

Question 3 (15 marks)

(a) State the basis of apportionment of each of the following, with a reason: (10)

  1. Gross profit
  2. Rent, rates and taxes
  3. Directors' fees
  4. Commission on sales
  5. Depreciation on a machine bought two months after incorporation
  6. Partners' salaries
  7. Bad debts
  8. Preliminary expenses written off
  9. Audit fee described as the statutory audit fee of the company
  10. Insurance

(b) Answer in one sentence each: (5)

  1. Which period does the month of incorporation fall in?
  2. What do you do where the question says nothing about the incidence of sales?
  3. Where is a pre-incorporation loss usually debited?
  4. May a pre-incorporation loss be set against the post-incorporation profit?
  5. What check proves the whole columnar statement?

---

Answers

Answer 1

Working note one: the time ratio.

FromToMonths
Pre-incorporation1 April 202631 August 20265
Post-incorporation1 September 202631 March 20277
Total12

Time ratio 5:7.

Working note two: the sales ratio.

Rs
Sales, pre-incorporation2,40,000
Sales, post-incorporation7,20,000
Total9,60,000

Sales ratio 1:3.

The statement.

ParticularsTotal, RsBasisPre, RsPost, Rs
Gross profit2,88,000Sales 1:372,0002,16,000
Less: expenses on time
Salaries60,000Time 5:725,00035,000
Rent, rates and taxes36,000Time 5:715,00021,000
Insurance12,000Time 5:75,0007,000
Depreciation24,000Time 5:710,00014,000
Less: expenses on sales
Advertising32,000Sales 1:38,00024,000
Carriage outward16,000Sales 1:34,00012,000
Bad debts8,000Sales 1:32,0006,000
Less: wholly one period
Directors' fees24,000Postnil24,000
Preliminary expenses written off6,000Postnil6,000
Partners' salaries15,000Pre15,000nil
Total expenses2,33,00084,0001,49,000
munotes.in107

Practice Questions: Profit Prior to Incorporation

Total, RsPre, RsPost, Rs
Gross profit2,88,00072,0002,16,000
Less: total expenses2,33,00084,0001,49,000
Result55,000(12,000)67,000

So there is a LOSS of Rs 12,000 prior to incorporation and a PROFIT of Rs 67,000 after it, together being the year's profit of Rs 55,000.

Partners' salaries are the item to notice. They belong wholly to the pre-incorporation period, because the partnership arrangement ended when the business was sold, and charging Rs 15,000 to a five-month period carrying only Rs 72,000 of gross profit is what turns the result negative.

The treatment.

Rs
Goodwill as raised on the purchase50,000
Add: loss prior to incorporation12,000
Goodwill carried forward62,000

Goodwill A/c Dr 12,000; To Loss prior to incorporation A/c 12,000.

And the reason, which carries the mark: the loss is capital, being incurred in a period before the company existed, and it is treated as part of the cost of acquiring the business, so it is added to goodwill rather than charged against the profit available for dividend.

The profit after incorporation of Rs 67,000 is an ordinary trading profit, taken to the statement of profit and loss and available for distribution.

Answer 2

(a) A company cannot earn a profit before it exists: until incorporation it had no legal personality, could hold no property and could carry on no business. It receives the earlier period's profit only because the purchase agreement made the takeover effective from a date before its incorporation, so that profit is part of what it acquired on purchase, and what is acquired on purchase is capital. The practical consequence is that it cannot be distributed as dividend, since paying it out would return part of the purchase price to the shareholders as though it were income.

A pre-incorporation profit may be transferred to capital reserve, which is what to do where the question is silent; or written off against goodwill; or written off against preliminary expenses. All three are capital treatments and none increases the distributable profit.

A pre-incorporation loss, being equally capital, is usually debited to goodwill as part of the cost of acquiring the business; or debited to an existing capital reserve; or carried separately under reserves and surplus as a loss prior to incorporation and written off as directed. In no case is it set against the post-incorporation profit, which would let a capital loss shelter distributable profit.

munotes.in108

Practice Questions: Profit Prior to Incorporation

(b)

Rs
Rs 5,00,000 at 12 per cent for a full year60,000
For eight months, 1 April to 30 November40,000
MonthsRs
1 April to 31 July, pre-incorporation420,000
1 August to 30 November, post-incorporation420,000
Total840,000

Why the general time ratio does not apply. The time ratio for the year is 1:2, being four months before incorporation and eight after. But this interest did not run for the whole year. It ran for eight months only, from acquisition to discharge, and those eight months divide evenly at incorporation. An expense is apportioned over the months it actually covers, and applying the year's ratio would have given Rs 13,333 to the pre-incorporation period instead of Rs 20,000, an error of Rs 6,667 that would leave the statement still balancing.

Answer 3

(a) The bases

ItemBasisReason
1Gross profitSalesIt is a margin on sales and moves exactly with them
2Rent, rates and taxesTimePayable for the passage of time whatever the trade
3Directors' feesPostA company must exist before it can have a board
4Commission on salesSalesComputed as a percentage of sales
5Depreciation on a machine bought two months after incorporationPostThe asset was not held before, so no part of the charge relates to the earlier period
6Partners' salariesPreThe partnership arrangement ended when the business was sold
7Bad debtsSalesThey arise out of credit sales
8Preliminary expenses written offPostThey are the cost of forming the company and cannot precede it
9Statutory audit feePostThe statutory audit is an obligation of a company under the Companies Act
10InsuranceTimeA premium for a period, accruing evenly

Item five is the one to read carefully. Depreciation is ordinarily apportioned on time, but where the asset itself was acquired after incorporation the whole charge is post-incorporation.

(b) Answers in one sentence

1. The post-incorporation period, since the company existed on that date.

2. Take sales as uniform, so the sales ratio equals the time ratio, and say in the answer that you are doing so and why.

3. To goodwill, as part of the cost of acquiring the business.

4. No, because it is a capital loss and netting it would let it shelter profit available for dividend.

munotes.in109

Practice Questions: Profit Prior to Incorporation

5. That the pre-incorporation result and the post-incorporation result add back to the profit or loss of the whole year.

Marking yourself

If your answerThen
Apportioned partners' salariesThey are wholly pre-incorporation, and they are what makes the result a loss
Showed a pre-incorporation profit in Question 1Check the partners' salaries and the sales ratio on the gross profit
Set the Rs 12,000 loss against the Rs 67,000 profitA capital loss never reduces distributable profit
Split the vendor's interest 1:2It is apportioned over its own eight months, which divide 4:4
Put the gross profit on timeIt is a margin on sales; this is the costliest error in the module

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in110

Module IV

Introduction to Company Accounts

munotes.in

Chapter Thirty-Seven

What a Company Is

Syllabus topic 1, "Meaning of Company, Types of Company, Maintenance of Books of Accounts"

In one line

A company is an association of persons registered under the Companies Act 2013, which on registration becomes a body corporate distinct in law from its members.

The definition MU expects

Section 2(20) is short and circular on purpose.

"Company" means a company incorporated under this Act or under any previous company law.

The definition tells you the route, not the nature. It says a company is a thing that has been registered. What that registration produces is in section 9, which says that from the date in the certificate of incorporation the subscribers and all later members shall be a body corporate by the name in the memorandum, capable of exercising all the functions of an incorporated company, having perpetual succession, with power to hold property and to contract, and capable of suing and being sued.

So read the two together in an answer. Section 2(20) is the definition; section 9 is what the definition gets you.

The features that follow

FeatureWhere it comes fromWhat it means in the books
Separate legal personalitySection 9, body corporateThe company's assets are its own, not the members'; the members' private accounts are nowhere in its balance sheet
Perpetual successionSection 9, in termsDeath or retirement of a member changes nothing in the accounts; there is no revaluation, no goodwill adjustment, no new firm
Limited liabilitySection 2(22) and section 4(1)(d)A member owes only the unpaid amount on the shares, so calls in arrears are a receivable and nothing beyond them can be demanded
Capacity to hold property and contractSection 9Property stands in the company's name, and a contract with a member is a real contract
Capacity to sue and be suedSection 9Litigation is the company's, and a provision for it is the company's provision
A common seal, where usedOptional since 2015A document may be signed by two directors, or a director and the secretary, instead

Perpetual succession is the feature that separates this module from the first two. In Modules I and II you dissolved a firm because its constitution changed. A company's constitution does not change when its members do, which is why there is no realisation account anywhere in Module IV.

How a company is formed: section 3

Section 3(1) says a company may be formed for any lawful purpose by:

Persons requiredCompany formed
(a)Seven or moreA public company
(b)Two or moreA private company
(c)One personA One Person Company, which is a private company

They form it by subscribing their names to a memorandum and complying with the Act's requirements for registration.

Section 3(2) then says the company so formed may be limited by shares, or limited by guarantee, or an unlimited company. Those three are the liability classes, and the next chapter takes them with the rest of the types.

munotes.in111

What a Company Is

What happens if the members fall below the minimum: section 3A

Section 3A is the provision students forget, and it is worth knowing because it looks like an exception to limited liability.

If the number of members falls below seven in a public company or below two in a private company, and the company carries on business for more than six months while so reduced, then every person who is a member during that time after the six months and knows the fact becomes severally liable for the whole of the debts contracted during that time, and may be severally sued for them.

Three conditions, all of which must hold: the reduction, more than six months of trading in that state, and the member's knowledge. Limited liability is not lost by the reduction itself, only by continuing to trade knowingly.

The memorandum: section 4

Section 4(1) sets out what the memorandum must state, and the accounting student needs four of them.

ClauseWhat it statesWhy it matters to the accounts
(a) NameEnding in Limited, or Private Limited for a private companyThe name at the head of every financial statement
(b) Registered officeThe State in which it is to be situatedSection 128 requires the books to be kept at the registered office
(c) ObjectsWhat the company is incorporated to doRevenue from operations means revenue from these
(d) LiabilityLimited or unlimited, and if limited, howLimited by shares means limited to the amount unpaid on the shares; limited by guarantee means the amount each member undertakes to contribute on winding up

Section 4(1)(d)(i) is the sentence to quote for limited liability, because it says exactly what the limit is: the amount unpaid, if any, on the shares held.

The financial year: section 2(41)

A company's financial year ends on 31 March. Section 2(41) says so in terms, and adds that where a company is incorporated on or after 1 January, its first financial year runs to 31 March of the following year, so that a first period may be up to fifteen months but never longer.

This is the section behind Module III. The period from acquisition to incorporation and the period after it together make up a financial year defined by this clause, which is why the two are computed and reported as one year's result.

What a financial statement is: section 2(40)

Section 2(40) says a financial statement includes:

munotes.in112

What a Company Is

  1. a balance sheet as at the end of the financial year;
  2. a profit and loss account, or for a not-for-profit activity an income and expenditure account, for the financial year;
  3. a cash flow statement for the financial year;
  4. a statement of changes in equity, if applicable; and
  5. any explanatory note annexed to or forming part of any of them.

With a proviso that matters: for a One Person Company, a small company and a dormant company the financial statement need not include the cash flow statement.

Notice that the notes are part of the financial statement, not an appendix to it. That single word governs the whole of the chapter on notes to accounts later in this module.

What to write in the exam

If asked to define a company, give section 2(20), then say what registration produces under section 9, then list the features with the sections against them. A definition alone is worth about two marks; the features carry the rest.

If asked for the features of a company, the six in the table above, each in two sentences: what it is, and what follows from it.

Do not write that a company must have a common seal. It has not been compulsory since the 2015 amendment, and the Act now allows signature by two directors, or by a director and the company secretary, in its place.

The line to remember

A company is not the people who own it. Everything else in Module IV is bookkeeping for that proposition.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in113

Chapter Thirty-Eight

Types of Company

Syllabus topic 1, "Meaning of Company, Types of Company, Maintenance of Books of Accounts"

In one line

The Act classifies companies by liability, by membership, by control and by incorporation, and a single company carries one label from each.

The four bases

BasisThe classesWhere
Liability of membersLimited by shares, limited by guarantee, unlimitedSection 3(2), with 2(22) and 2(21)
Number of members and public accessPrivate, public, One Person CompanySections 2(68), 2(71), 2(62)
ControlHolding, subsidiary, associate, Government companySections 2(46), 2(87), 2(6), 2(45)
Place of incorporationIndian company, foreign companySection 2(42)

And one class that cuts across the others: the small company, section 2(85), which is a size test, not a fourth basis.

By liability

Section 3(2) says a company formed under section 3(1) may be limited by shares, limited by guarantee, or unlimited.

TypeDefinitionThe member's exposure
Limited by shares, s.2(22)Liability limited by the memorandum to the amount, if any, unpaid on the shares heldNothing beyond the unpaid call; a fully paid share carries no exposure at all
Limited by guarantee, s.2(21)Liability limited by the memorandum to such amount as the members undertake to contribute to the assets in the event of winding upNothing while it trades; the guaranteed amount only if it is wound up
UnlimitedNeither limit appliesThe members' liability is unlimited

The distinction to hold: a shareholder's liability can be called at any time while the company trades, because the company can call the unpaid amount. A guarantor's cannot, because the undertaking bites only on winding up. Companies limited by guarantee are the usual form for clubs, chambers and educational bodies, which have no share capital to call.

By membership

Private company, section 2(68). A company which by its articles:

  1. restricts the right to transfer its shares;
  2. limits the number of members to two hundred, not counting present and former employees who are members; and
  3. prohibits any invitation to the public to subscribe for its securities.

Joint holders count as one member for the two hundred.

Public company, section 2(71). A company which is not a private company and has a minimum paid-up share capital as may be prescribed. And the tail of the clause, which examiners like: a private company that is a subsidiary of a public company is deemed to be a public company even though its articles carry the private company restrictions.

One Person Company, section 2(62). A company which has only one person as a member. Section 3(1)(c) says an OPC is a private company, and the proviso to section 3(1) requires its memorandum to name another person, with prior written consent, who becomes the member on the subscriber's death or incapacity.

munotes.in114

Types of Company

Members needed to formMaximum membersMay approach the public
Public7No limitYes
Private2200No
One Person11No

Small company, section 2(85). A company, other than a public company, whose paid-up share capital and turnover are both within the prescribed limits, the limits being set by the section and raised from time to time by the Government. Holding companies, subsidiaries, section 8 companies and bodies governed by a special Act are excluded by the proviso, however small they may be.

Why size matters to this module: section 2(40) lets a small company and a One Person Company omit the cash flow statement from the financial statement. That is the accounting consequence of the label, and it is the one to state.

By control

TypeDefinitionTest
Holding company, s.2(46)A company of which other companies are subsidiariesLook downward from the parent
Subsidiary, s.2(87)A company in which the holding company controls the composition of the Board, or exercises or controls more than one-half of the total voting power, on its own or with subsidiariesEither limb is enough
Associate, s.2(6)A company in which another has significant influence, meaning at least twenty per cent of total voting power or control of a business decision under an agreement; includes a joint ventureInfluence, not control
Government company, s.2(45)A company in which not less than fifty-one per cent of the paid-up share capital is held by the Central Government, by any State Government or Governments, or partly by each; includes a subsidiary of such a companyThe shareholding, not the business

Section 129(3) is why control matters here. A company with one or more subsidiaries must prepare a consolidated financial statement in addition to its own, and lay it before the general meeting. Associates and joint ventures are brought in too under the same sub-section.

By place of incorporation

Foreign company, section 2(42). Any company or body corporate incorporated outside India which:

  1. has a place of business in India, whether by itself or through an agent, physically or through electronic mode; and
  2. conducts any business activity in India in any other manner.

It is not an Indian company that trades abroad, and it is not a foreign shareholder. The test is incorporation outside India together with a place of business inside it.

One more the syllabus touches: section 8

A company formed with charitable objects, licensed by the Central Government, which applies its profits to promoting its objects and pays no dividend to its members. Section 4(1)(a)'s requirement that the name end in Limited or Private Limited does not apply to it, by the proviso to that clause, which is why such companies carry names ending in Foundation, Association or Council.

munotes.in115

Types of Company

Filling the classification in

One company, four labels. Take a listed manufacturer with two subsidiaries:

BasisLabelWhy
LiabilityLimited by sharesMembers owe only the unpaid amount
MembershipPublicNot a private company; shares freely transferable
ControlHolding companyIt has subsidiaries
IncorporationIndian companyIncorporated under the Act
SizeNot smallSection 2(85) excludes public companies outright

Answer a "types of company" question in this shape. State the basis, then the classes under it with their sections, then one line on what each means. Four bases with sections is a complete answer; a list of eight names without them is not.

What to write in the exam

If asked to distinguish a private company from a public company, use the three limbs of section 2(68) as the axis: transfer of shares, number of members, and access to the public. Add the minimum to form, and the deemed-public rule in the proviso to section 2(71).

If asked about a One Person Company, give section 2(62), then section 3(1)(c) making it a private company, then the nominee requirement in the proviso, and finish with the cash flow relief under section 2(40).

Watch the two per cent traps. A subsidiary needs more than one-half of the voting power; an associate needs at least twenty per cent; a Government company needs not less than fifty-one per cent. The three thresholds are commonly swapped in answers.

The line to remember

Ask what the classification is FOR. Liability tells you what a member can be made to pay, membership tells you who may be asked to invest, control tells you whether a consolidated statement is due, and incorporation tells you which Chapter of the Act applies.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in116

Chapter Thirty-Nine

Books of Account: Section 128

Syllabus topic 1, "Meaning of Company, Types of Company, Maintenance of Books of Accounts"

In one line

Every company must keep, at its registered office, books of account on the accrual basis and by double entry that give a true and fair view, and must keep them for eight financial years.

What must be kept: sub-section (1)

The words of the section are worth having exactly, because each phrase is a mark.

Every company shall prepare and keep at its registered office books of account and other relevant books and papers and financial statement for every financial year which give a true and fair view of the state of the affairs of the company, including that of its branch office or offices, if any, and explain the transactions effected both at the registered office and its branches, and such books shall be kept on accrual basis and according to the double entry system of accounting.

Six requirements are packed into that sentence.

RequirementWhat it rules out
1Books of account and other relevant books and papers and financial statementKeeping a ledger but not the vouchers behind it
2For every financial yearA running record with no annual cut-off
3Giving a true and fair viewBooks that are complete but misleading
4Covering branch offices tooTreating a branch as somebody else's problem
5Explaining the transactionsFigures with no narration or trail
6Accrual basis and double entryCash-basis or single-entry accounts

The accrual and double-entry requirement is statutory, not a convention. A company that keeps its accounts on a cash basis has broken section 128(1), whatever the accounts show.

Where: the registered office, and the two provisos

The rule is the registered office. Two provisos qualify it.

First proviso: another place in India. The books may be kept at such other place in India as the Board of Directors may decide, and where the Board so decides the company must, within seven days, file with the Registrar a notice in writing giving the full address of that other place.

Second proviso: electronic mode. The company may keep the books in electronic mode in such manner as may be prescribed.

PermittedCondition
Registered officeAlwaysThe default
Another place in IndiaYesBoard decision plus notice to the Registrar within seven days
Outside IndiaNoThe proviso says in India
Electronic modeYesIn the prescribed manner

The seven days is the examinable number here, and the qualification "in India" is the trap. A Board resolution alone does not do it; the notice must go to the Registrar.

Branches: sub-section (2)

A company with a branch in India or outside India is deemed to have complied with sub-section (1) if:

  1. proper books relating to the branch's transactions are kept at that office; and
  2. proper summarised returns are sent periodically by the branch to the company at its registered office or the other place under sub-section (1).
munotes.in117

Books of Account: Section 128

So a branch need not send its ledgers, but it must send summarised returns, and it must keep proper books where it stands.

Inspection: sub-sections (3) and (4)

Who may inspect: any director, during business hours, at the registered office or the other place in India.

Financial information kept outside the country must have copies maintained and produced in India for a director's inspection, subject to prescribed conditions.

The proviso limits inspection of a subsidiary's books to a person authorised by a Board resolution, so a single director cannot walk into a subsidiary unaided.

Sub-section (4) requires the officers and employees to give all assistance the company may reasonably be expected to give to the person making the inspection.

Note what is NOT here. Section 128 gives the right of inspection to directors, not to members. A member's inspection rights attach to the registers under section 94 and to the minutes under section 119, which the next chapter takes.

How long: sub-section (5)

The books of account relating to a period of not less than eight financial years immediately preceding a financial year, together with the vouchers relevant to any entry, shall be kept in good order.

Where the company has been in existence for less than eight years, then in respect of all the preceding years.

And the proviso: where an investigation has been ordered under Chapter XIV, the Central Government may direct that the books be kept for such longer period as it may deem fit.

Two points students drop. The vouchers are covered as well as the books, and the eight years is a minimum, extendable by direction.

Who is punished: sub-section (6)

The persons liable are named, and they are not the company.

Person liableWhy
The managing directorNamed in the sub-section
The whole-time director in charge of financeNamed
The Chief Financial OfficerNamed
Any other person charged by the Board with complying with this sectionNamed

The penalty is a fine of not less than fifty thousand rupees, which may extend to five lakh rupees.

The section fixes personal responsibility. That is its point, and it is the sentence to write if asked who is responsible for a company's books.

Answering the standard question

"State the provisions relating to maintenance of books of account under the Companies Act 2013." Give the six heads in this order:

  1. What: books of account, other relevant books and papers, and the financial statement, for every financial year, true and fair, explaining the transactions, on accrual basis and double entry, covering branches. Section 128(1).
  2. Where: registered office; another place in India by Board decision with notice to the Registrar within seven days; electronic mode permitted. Section 128(1) and its provisos.
  3. Branches: deemed compliance on proper local books plus periodic summarised returns. Section 128(2).
  4. Inspection: by any director during business hours; foreign financial information to be copied into India; a subsidiary only through an authorised person. Section 128(3) and (4).
  5. Preservation: eight financial years with vouchers, longer if the Central Government so directs during an investigation. Section 128(5).
  6. Default: managing director, whole-time director in charge of finance, Chief Financial Officer or the person charged by the Board, fined fifty thousand to five lakh rupees. Section 128(6).
munotes.in118

Books of Account: Section 128

That is a complete eight-mark answer, and the section numbers are half of what makes it one.

The line to remember

Section 128 is about the record; section 129 is about the statement. Keep the two apart in your head, because the examiner sets them as separate questions and a student who blurs them answers neither.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in119

Chapter Forty

The Statutory Books and Registers of a Public Company

Syllabus topic 2, "List of Statutory Books to be maintained by Public Company under Companies Act 2013"

In one line

Besides its books of account, a public company must keep registers of its members and security holders, of significant beneficial owners, of charges, of directors and key managerial personnel and of contracts in which directors are interested, together with its minute books and its annual return.

The list

Book or registerSectionKept where
1Register of members, separately for each class of equity and preference shares, for members in and outside India88(1)(a)Registered office, s.94
2Register of debenture-holders88(1)(b)Registered office, s.94
3Register of any other security holders88(1)(c)Registered office, s.94
4Index of names in each register above88(2)With the register
5Foreign register of members, debenture-holders, other security holders or beneficial owners residing outside India, if the articles so authorise88(4)The country concerned
6Register of significant beneficial owners90(2)Registered office
7Register of charges, with a copy of every instrument creating a charge85(1) and its provisoRegistered office
8Register of directors and key managerial personnel and their shareholding170(1)Registered office
9Register of contracts or arrangements in which directors are interested189(1)Registered office, s.189(3)
10Minute books of general meetings, of postal ballot resolutions, of Board meetings and of committee meetings118(1)Registered office for general meetings, s.119(1)(a)
11Annual return, and copies of returns filed92(1), kept under 94(1)Registered office

Eleven entries, and every one of them has a section. Learn the list in this order, because it runs from the members outward: who owns it, who really owns it, what is charged on it, who runs it, what they are interested in, what was decided, and what was told to the Registrar.

Register of members and the rest: section 88

Section 88(1) requires three registers, in the prescribed form and manner:

  1. a register of members, indicating separately for each class of equity and preference shares held by each member residing in or outside India;
  2. a register of debenture-holders; and
  3. a register of any other security holders.

Sub-section (2) requires each of them to include an index of the names.

Sub-section (3) is the dematerialisation rule: the register and index of beneficial owners maintained by a depository under the Depositories Act 1996 is deemed to be the corresponding register and index for the purposes of this Act. So a company whose shares are all in demat form does not keep a duplicate paper register.

Sub-section (4) permits a foreign register, if the articles authorise it, kept in any country outside India, containing the particulars of members, debenture-holders, other security holders or beneficial owners residing outside India.

munotes.in120

The Statutory Books and Registers of a Public Company

Closing the register: section 91

A company may close the register of members, of debenture-holders or of other security holders, but within limits.

LimitRule
Aggregate in a yearNot exceeding forty-five days
At any one timeNot exceeding thirty days
Previous noticeAt least seven days, or such lesser period as the Securities and Exchange Board may specify for listed companies

Closing it without notice, on short notice, or beyond the limits attracts a penalty of five thousand rupees for every day the register is kept closed, subject to a maximum of one lakh rupees, on the company and every officer in default.

Why a company closes it at all: to fix the body of members entitled to a dividend or a bonus issue, so that transfers in the interval do not disturb the list.

Significant beneficial owners: section 90

The register behind the register. A member on the register of members may hold for somebody else, and section 90 exists to find that somebody.

Sub-section (1) requires every individual who, acting alone or together or through one or more persons or trusts, holds beneficial interests of not less than twenty-five per cent (or such other percentage as may be prescribed) in the shares of a company, or the right to exercise significant influence or control, to make a declaration to the company of the nature of his interest.

Sub-section (2) requires the company to maintain a register of those declared interests and changes in them, containing the name, date of birth, address and details of ownership.

Sub-section (3): the register is open to inspection by any member on payment of the prescribed fees.

Sub-section (4): the company must file a return of significant beneficial owners with the Registrar.

Sub-section (4A): the company must take necessary steps to identify a significant beneficial owner and require him to comply.

Register of charges: section 85

Every company shall keep at its registered office a register of charges, including all charges and floating charges affecting any property or assets of the company or any of its undertakings, with the prescribed particulars.

The proviso requires a copy of the instrument creating the charge to be kept at the registered office alongside the register.

Inspection under sub-section (2) is during business hours:

WhoFee
Any member or creditorWithout any payment of fees
Any other personOn payment of the prescribed fees

subject to such reasonable restrictions as the articles may impose.

Creditors get in free, which is the point of the register. A person lending to the company can see what is already charged.

Register of directors: sections 170 and 171

Section 170(1) requires a register at the registered office containing the prescribed particulars of the directors and key managerial personnel, including the securities held by each of them in the company, its holding company, its subsidiaries, a subsidiary of its holding company, and associate companies.

munotes.in121

The Statutory Books and Registers of a Public Company

Section 170(2) requires a return of those particulars to be filed with the Registrar within thirty days of every appointment and within thirty days of any change.

Section 171 gives the members their rights over it. The register:

  1. shall be open for inspection during business hours, with a right to take extracts, and copies to be provided free of cost within thirty days of a request; and
  2. shall be kept open for inspection at every annual general meeting and made accessible to any person attending.

If inspection is refused or a copy is not sent within thirty days, the Registrar shall, on an application, order immediate inspection and supply.

Free of cost is the detail to notice, and it is peculiar to this register.

Register of contracts in which directors are interested: section 189

Sub-section (1) requires one or more registers giving separately the particulars of all contracts or arrangements to which section 184(2) or section 188 applies, and after the particulars are entered the register shall be placed before the next Board meeting and signed by all the directors present.

Sub-section (2) requires every director or key managerial person, within thirty days of appointment or of relinquishing office, to disclose his concern or interest in other associations.

Sub-section (3): the register is kept at the registered office, open for inspection there during business hours, with extracts and copies for members.

Sub-section (4): it shall also be produced at the commencement of every annual general meeting and remain open and accessible during the meeting.

Signed by all the directors present is what makes this register different from the others. It is not merely kept; it is formally adopted.

Minute books: sections 118 and 119

Section 118(1) requires minutes of the proceedings of:

  1. every general meeting, of any class of shareholders or creditors;
  2. every resolution passed by postal ballot;
  3. every meeting of the Board of Directors; and
  4. every meeting of a committee of the Board,

to be prepared and signed in the prescribed manner and kept within thirty days of the conclusion of the meeting or the passing of the resolution, in books kept for that purpose with their pages consecutively numbered.

Sub-section (2): the minutes shall contain a fair and correct summary of the proceedings.

Sub-section (3): all appointments made at any such meeting shall be included.

Section 119 governs inspection of the general meeting minutes only.

munotes.in122

The Statutory Books and Registers of a Public Company

Rule
Where keptThe registered office, s.119(1)(a)
Who may inspectAny member, without charge, during business hours, s.119(1)(b)
Minimum accessNot less than two hours in each business day
CopiesWithin seven working days of a request, on payment of the prescribed fees, s.119(2)
On refusalPenalty of twenty-five thousand rupees on the company and five thousand rupees on every officer in default, and the Tribunal may order immediate inspection, s.119(3) and (4)

Board minutes are not open to members. Section 119 covers general meetings and postal ballots only, and that limit is a favourite one-mark question.

The annual return: section 92

Every company shall prepare an annual return in the prescribed form, containing the particulars as they stood on the close of the financial year, regarding:

  1. its registered office, principal business activities, and particulars of holding, subsidiary and associate companies;
  2. its shares, debentures and other securities and shareholding pattern;
  3. its members and debenture-holders, with changes since the close of the previous financial year;
  4. its promoters, directors and key managerial personnel, with changes;
  5. meetings of members, of the Board and of its committees, with attendance;
  6. remuneration of directors and key managerial personnel;
  7. penalties or punishments imposed, compounding of offences and appeals;
  8. certification of compliances and prescribed disclosures;
  9. prescribed details of shares held by or for Foreign Institutional Investors; and
  10. such other matters as may be prescribed.

Who signs it: a director and the company secretary, or where there is no company secretary, a company secretary in practice. For a One Person Company and a small company, the proviso says the company secretary signs, or where there is none, a director.

Where the registers are kept, and who may see them: section 94

Section 94(1) brings the registers under section 88 and the copies of annual returns filed under section 92 to the registered office.

The first proviso allows them to be kept at any other place in India in which more than one-tenth of the total number of members entered in the register of members reside, if approved by a special resolution passed at a general meeting.

Sub-section (2) opens the registers, their indices and the copies of returns to inspection during business hours:

WhoFee
Any member, debenture-holder, other security holder or beneficial ownerWithout payment of any fees
Any other personOn payment of the prescribed fees

Sub-section (3) allows any of them to take extracts without fee, or to require a copy on payment of the prescribed fees, subject to a proviso keeping prescribed particulars out of inspection.

One-tenth and a special resolution. Compare section 128, where books of account move to another place in India on a Board decision plus a notice. The registers need a members' resolution and a residence test. The two relocation rules are different, and the examiner knows it.

munotes.in123

The Statutory Books and Registers of a Public Company

What to write in the exam

If asked to list the statutory books, give the eleven-row table at the head of this chapter, with sections. Then take three or four of them and give two lines each: what is in it, where it is kept, and who may inspect it.

If asked to distinguish statutory books from books of account, say that the books of account under section 128 record the transactions and produce the financial statement, while the statutory books record the constitution and governance of the company, that the first is inspected by directors and the second largely by members, and that they are kept, moved and preserved under different rules.

The line to remember

Every register in this chapter answers one question about the company, and the Act's list is not arbitrary. Members, beneficial owners, charges, directors, directors' interests, decisions, and the annual account of all of it to the Registrar.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in124

Chapter Forty-One

Financial Statements: Section 129

Syllabus topic 3, "Financial Statements of the Company (Sec 129 of the Companies Act, 2013)"

In one line

Section 129 requires the financial statements to give a true and fair view, to comply with the accounting standards notified under section 133, and to take the form prescribed by Schedule III, and requires the Board to lay them before the annual general meeting.

What a financial statement is

The definition is not in section 129; it is in section 2(40), and you should open the answer with it. A financial statement includes the balance sheet, the profit and loss account, the cash flow statement, the statement of changes in equity if applicable, and any explanatory note annexed to or forming part of them. A One Person Company, a small company and a dormant company may omit the cash flow statement.

And section 129 has its own Explanation to the same effect: any reference in the section to the financial statement includes any notes annexed to or forming part of it. So a requirement laid on the statement is laid on the notes.

Sub-section (1): the three requirements

The financial statements shall give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the company or companies, comply with the accounting standards notified under section 133, and shall be in the form or forms as may be provided for different class or classes of companies in Schedule III.

RequirementWhere it is spelt out
1True and fair viewSection 129(1), and section 128(1) for the books behind it
2Compliance with the accounting standardsSection 133 and the rules under it
3The form in Schedule IIISchedule III, Division I or II

The first proviso adds that the items in the financial statements shall be in accordance with the accounting standards. So the standards govern not only the totals but the composition of every line.

Sub-section (1): who is outside it

The second proviso takes four classes out of the form requirement, because their own statutes prescribe a form.

  1. an insurance company;
  2. a banking company;
  3. a company engaged in the generation or supply of electricity; and
  4. any other class of company for which a form of financial statement has been specified in or under the Act governing that class.

The third proviso protects them further. The statements of such a company shall not be treated as failing to give a true and fair view merely because they do not disclose matters not required to be disclosed by:

CompanyIts own statute
InsuranceInsurance Act 1938, and the Insurance Regulatory and Development Authority Act 1999
BankingBanking Regulation Act 1949
ElectricityElectricity Act 2003
Any otherThe law governing it

Why this matters to a B.Com student: a bank's balance sheet looks nothing like Schedule III, and the reason is here, in the second and third provisos to section 129(1). It is a clean two-mark point.

munotes.in125

Financial Statements: Section 129

Sub-section (2): laying them before the meeting

At every annual general meeting, the Board of Directors shall lay before the meeting financial statements for the financial year.

Short, and often the whole of a short-note answer. The duty is the Board's, the occasion is the annual general meeting, and the period is the financial year as defined in section 2(41).

Sub-section (3): consolidation

Where a company has one or more subsidiaries or associate companies, it shall, in addition to the statements under sub-section (2), prepare a consolidated financial statement of the company and of all the subsidiaries and associate companies, in the same form and manner as its own and in accordance with the applicable accounting standards, and lay it before the annual general meeting along with its own.

The first proviso requires the company to attach a separate statement of the salient features of the financial statement of each subsidiary and associate, in the prescribed form.

The second proviso lets the Central Government prescribe the manner of consolidation.

Sub-section (4) then says the provisions of the Act on the preparation, adoption and audit of a holding company's statements apply mutatis mutandis to the consolidated statements. So the consolidated statement is audited, adopted and laid exactly as the standalone one is.

Associates are included, which surprises students. Section 129(3) says subsidiaries and associate companies, so a twenty per cent holding under section 2(6) brings the investee into the consolidation.

Sub-section (5): when the standards are not followed

Non-compliance is not concealed; it is disclosed. Where the statements do not comply with the accounting standards, the company shall disclose in its financial statements:

  1. the deviation from the accounting standards;
  2. the reasons for the deviation; and
  3. the financial effects, if any, arising out of it.

And this is without prejudice to sub-section (1), meaning the disclosure does not make the deviation lawful. It makes it visible.

Sub-section (6): exemption

The Central Government may exempt any class or classes of companies from any of the requirements of this section or the rules under it, by notification, on its own or on an application, if it is necessary in the public interest. The exemption may be unconditional or subject to conditions.

Sub-section (7): default

The same people as under section 128(6), and one addition.

Person liable
The managing directorNamed
The whole-time director in charge of financeNamed
The Chief Financial OfficerNamed
Any other person charged by the Board with complyingNamed
In the absence of any of the above, ALL the directorsThe addition
munotes.in126

Financial Statements: Section 129

The punishment is imprisonment up to one year, or a fine of not less than fifty thousand rupees extending to five lakh rupees, or both.

Notice the difference from section 128(6). There the default is punishable with a fine only, and the liability stops at the named officers. Here there is imprisonment, and where no officer has been charged with the duty, every director is liable. A company cannot escape by charging nobody.

Section 129 against section 128

The examiner sets these as separate questions, and the distinction is the answer.

Section 128Section 129
SubjectThe books of accountThe financial statements
RequiresAccrual basis, double entry, true and fair, branches coveredTrue and fair, accounting standards, Schedule III form
WhereRegistered office, or another place in India on noticeLaid before the annual general meeting
PreservationEight financial years, with vouchersFiled with the Registrar under section 137
InspectionBy any directorBy members, who get a copy under section 136
DefaultFine, fifty thousand to five lakhImprisonment up to a year, or the same fine, or both, and all directors in the absence of a charged officer

What to write in the exam

If the question is "Explain the provisions of section 129", take the sub-sections in order: (1) the three requirements with the two provisos on excluded classes, (2) laying before the annual general meeting, (3) and (4) consolidation, (5) disclosure of deviation, (6) exemption, (7) default. Seven sub-sections, seven short paragraphs, and the answer writes itself.

If the question is "What are the financial statements of a company?", start at section 2(40) for the five components and the small-company proviso, then section 129(1) for what they must be, then the Explanation for the notes.

Always name Schedule III when you name section 129. The section is the requirement; the Schedule is the form. The next chapters take the Schedule apart.

The line to remember

True and fair, compliant, and in the prescribed form. Section 129 asks three things of a set of accounts, and Schedule III answers only the third.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in127

Chapter Forty-Two

Reopening, Revision, and Periodical Results

Syllabus topic 3, "Financial Statements of the Company (Sec 129 of the Companies Act, 2013)"

In one line

Books may be reopened only on a court's or the Tribunal's order under section 130, and the directors may revise a statement or report only with the Tribunal's approval under section 131, while section 129A lets the Government require periodical results from prescribed unlisted companies.

Why the law is strict here

A financial statement laid before the members is a public act. Members voted on it, the Registrar holds a copy under section 137, lenders and buyers relied on it, and the tax authorities assessed on it. If a company could rewrite it at will, none of that reliance would be worth anything. So the Act shuts the door and then cuts two narrow doors into it.

Route one, forced: reopening under section 130

Sub-section (1) is a prohibition first and a permission second.

A company shall not re-open its books of account and not recast its financial statements, unless an application is made and an order is made.

Who may apply:

  1. the Central Government;
  2. the Income-tax authorities;
  3. the Securities and Exchange Board;
  4. any other statutory regulatory body or authority; or
  5. any person concerned.

Notice who is missing: the company. The company cannot apply under section 130. Its own route is section 131.

Who orders: a court of competent jurisdiction or the Tribunal.

On what grounds, and there are only two:

Ground
(i)The relevant earlier accounts were prepared in a fraudulent manner
(ii)The affairs of the company were mismanaged during the relevant period, casting a doubt on the reliability of the financial statements

The proviso requires notice. Before passing any order the court or Tribunal shall give notice to the Central Government, the Income-tax authorities, the Securities and Exchange Board, any other statutory regulatory body or authority concerned, or any other person concerned, and shall take their representations into consideration.

Sub-section (2): the accounts so revised or recast shall be final. There is no second reopening of the same period.

Sub-section (3) is the time limit, and it is the eight years again. No order shall be made for reopening books relating to a period earlier than eight financial years immediately preceding the current financial year.

With a proviso that ties back to section 128(5): where the Central Government has directed under the proviso to section 128(5) that books be kept for longer than eight years, the books may be ordered to be reopened within that longer period.

The two sections lock together. Section 128(5) says keep the books eight years; section 130(3) says they can be reopened for eight years. The retention period and the reopening window are the same window on purpose, and if one is extended the other extends with it. This is the connection to make in an answer, and few students make it.

munotes.in128

Reopening, Revision, and Periodical Results

Route two, voluntary: revision under section 131

Sub-section (1) applies where it appears to the directors that either:

  1. the financial statement of the company; or
  2. the report of the Board,

do not comply with section 129 or section 134.

They may then prepare a revised financial statement or a revised report in respect of any of the three preceding financial years, after obtaining the approval of the Tribunal on an application made by the company, and a copy of the Tribunal's order shall be filed with the Registrar.

Three provisos, all examinable.

Proviso
FirstThe Tribunal shall give notice to the Central Government and the Income-tax authorities and take their representations into consideration
SecondA revised statement or report shall not be prepared or filed more than once in a financial year
ThirdThe detailed reasons for the revision shall be disclosed in the Board's report for the year in which the revision is made

Sub-section (2) limits what may be changed. Where copies of the previous statement or report have already been sent to members, delivered to the Registrar, or laid before the company in general meeting, the revision must be confined to:

  1. the correction in respect of which the previous statement or report did not comply with section 129 or section 134; and
  2. any necessary consequential alteration.

So a revision is a repair, not a redraft. The directors may fix the non-compliance and whatever follows arithmetically from fixing it, and nothing else.

Sub-section (3) lets the Central Government make rules, in particular on whether the previous statement is replaced or supplemented by a document showing the corrections, on the auditor's functions in relation to a revised statement, and on steps the directors must take.

The two routes side by side

Section 130, reopeningSection 131, revision
Who starts itGovernment, Income-tax authorities, SEBI, another regulator, or any person concernedThe directors, through an application by the company
Who ordersA court or the TribunalThe Tribunal
GroundFraud, or mismanagement casting doubt on reliabilityNon-compliance with section 129 or section 134
How far backEight financial yearsThree preceding financial years
How oftenOnce; the recast accounts are finalNot more than once in a financial year
ScopeReopening and recasting the booksConfined to the correction and consequential alterations
Notice toCentral Government, Income-tax, SEBI, other regulators, persons concernedCentral Government and Income-tax authorities
DisclosureThe order is made by the court or TribunalReasons disclosed in the Board's report

Eight years against three years is the pair to memorise, because a question that gives you a period is testing which section you reach for.

munotes.in129

Reopening, Revision, and Periodical Results

Section 129A: periodical financial results

A newer provision, inserted in 2021, and short.

The Central Government may require such class or classes of unlisted companies as may be prescribed to:

  1. prepare the financial results of the company on such periodical basis and in such form as may be prescribed;
  2. obtain the approval of the Board of Directors and complete an audit or limited review of those periodical results in the prescribed manner; and
  3. file a copy with the Registrar within thirty days of the completion of the relevant period, with the prescribed fees.

Why it exists. A listed company already publishes quarterly results under the listing regulations. Section 129A gives the Government power to require the same of prescribed unlisted companies, so that a large private company is not wholly invisible between annual filings.

The examinable points are the three limbs and the thirty days.

What to write in the exam

If asked whether a company may alter its accounts after they are adopted, answer in this shape: the general rule is no; section 130 allows reopening on the order of a court or the Tribunal, on the application of the persons named, on the ground of fraud or mismanagement, within eight financial years, and the recast accounts are final; section 131 allows the directors to revise for non-compliance with section 129 or 134, with the Tribunal's approval, for the three preceding financial years, once in a financial year, confined to the correction and its consequences, with reasons in the Board's report.

If asked for a short note on section 129A, give the three limbs and say why the provision was added.

The line to remember

Outside pressure reaches back eight years; the company's own hand reaches back three. That asymmetry is deliberate, and it is the answer to the question of why there are two sections instead of one.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in130

Chapter Forty-Three

Accounting Standards, and the Board's Report

Syllabus topic 3, "Financial Statements of the Company (Sec 129 of the Companies Act, 2013)"

In one line

Section 133 gives the Central Government power to prescribe the accounting standards, and section 134 says who signs the financial statement, what must be attached to it, and what the Board must report to the members alongside it.

Section 133: where the standards come from

One sentence, and every actor in it matters.

The Central Government may prescribe the standards of accounting or any addendum thereto, as recommended by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, constituted under section 3 of the Chartered Accountants Act 1949, in consultation with and after examination of the recommendations made by the National Financial Reporting Authority.

ActorRole
The Institute of Chartered Accountants of IndiaRecommends the standard
The National Financial Reporting AuthorityIs consulted, and its recommendations are examined
The Central GovernmentPrescribes, by notification

The proviso covers the interval: until the National Financial Reporting Authority was constituted under section 132, the Central Government could prescribe on the recommendation of the Institute in consultation with the National Advisory Committee on Accounting Standards.

The point to take from this section is the chain of authority. A student often says an accounting standard is "issued by the ICAI". For a company, that is incomplete. The Institute recommends; the Government prescribes; and it is the prescribed standard, notified under section 133, that section 129(1) makes binding. A standard the Institute has issued but the Government has not notified does not bind a company under section 129.

This is the same point Module I made about the standard on amalgamations, from the other direction. There the question was whether a standard reaches a partnership firm. Here the question is what makes it reach a company, and the answer is section 133.

Section 134(1): approval and signature

The financial statement, including the consolidated one, shall be approved by the Board of Directors before it is signed on behalf of the Board.

Who signs:

CompanySignatories
Ordinary companyThe chairperson, where authorised by the Board; or two directors, one of whom shall be the managing director if there is one; and the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the company secretary, wherever they are appointed
One Person CompanyOne director only

And then it goes to the auditor for his report on it. So the order is: Board approves, signatories sign, auditor reports. A statement that reaches the auditor unsigned is out of order.

Sub-section (2): the auditors' report shall be attached to every financial statement.

Section 134(3): what the Board must report

A report by the Board of Directors shall be attached to the statements laid before the general meeting, and the sub-section lists what it must include. Seventeen clauses, and you are not asked to recite all of them. Learn them in groups.

munotes.in131

Accounting Standards, and the Board's Report

GroupClausesContent
Governance(a), (b), (d), (p)Web address of the annual return; number of Board meetings; declaration by independent directors under section 149(6); manner of annual evaluation of the Board, its committees and individual directors, for a listed company and prescribed public companies
Responsibility and audit(c), (ca), (f)The Directors' Responsibility Statement; frauds reported by auditors under section 143(12) other than those reportable to the Central Government; explanations on every qualification, reservation, adverse remark or disclaimer by the auditor and by the company secretary in practice
Money and transactions(g), (h)Particulars of loans, guarantees and investments under section 186; particulars of related party contracts under section 188(1)
The year and its result(i), (j), (k), (l)The state of the company's affairs; amounts proposed to be carried to reserves; the dividend recommended; material changes and commitments between the year end and the date of the report
Policy and stewardship(e), (m), (n), (o)Policy on directors' appointment and remuneration under section 178; conservation of energy, technology absorption, foreign exchange earnings and outgo; risk management policy; corporate social responsibility initiatives
Residual(q)Such other matters as may be prescribed

Two provisos save repetition. Where a disclosure is already in the financial statements, the report may refer to it instead of repeating it. And where the policy under clause (e) or clause (o) is on the company's website, giving the salient features and the web address is sufficient compliance.

Sub-section (3A) lets the Central Government prescribe an abridged Board's report for a One Person Company or a small company.

Sub-section (4): for a One Person Company, the Board's report means only a report containing explanations on the auditor's qualifications, reservations, adverse remarks or disclaimers. Nothing else.

Four clauses are the accounting student's clauses, and they are (i), (j), (k) and (l): the state of affairs, the reserves, the dividend and the post balance sheet events. If a question asks what the Board's report contains from an accounting point of view, those four with their sub-clause letters are the answer.

Section 134(5): the Directors' Responsibility Statement

Asked on its own, and worth learning in the Act's own order. The statement shall state that:

  1. (a) in the preparation of the annual accounts, the applicable accounting standards had been followed, with proper explanation relating to material departures;
  2. (b) the directors had selected such accounting policies and applied them consistently, and made judgments and estimates that are reasonable and prudent, so as to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs at the year end and of the profit and loss for the period;
  3. (c) the directors had taken proper and sufficient care for the maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with the Act, for safeguarding the assets and for preventing and detecting fraud and other irregularities;
  4. (d) the directors had prepared the annual accounts on a going concern basis;
  5. (e) in the case of a listed company, the directors had laid down internal financial controls, and such controls are adequate and were operating effectively; and
  6. (f) the directors had devised proper systems to ensure compliance with all applicable laws, and such systems were adequate and operating effectively.
munotes.in132

Accounting Standards, and the Board's Report

The Explanation defines internal financial controls as the policies and procedures adopted for the orderly and efficient conduct of the business, including adherence to the company's policies, safeguarding of assets, prevention and detection of frauds and errors, the accuracy and completeness of the accounting records, and the timely preparation of reliable financial information.

Clause (e) applies to listed companies only. That limit is the one-mark point inside a five-mark answer.

Why this list is examinable. It is the accounting concepts of the whole degree, turned into a statutory declaration: standards, consistency, prudence, true and fair, record-keeping, going concern. A student who can list it has restated the foundation of financial accounting in the Act's own words.

Section 134(6) and (7): signature and issue

Sub-section (6): the Board's report and its annexures shall be signed by the chairperson if authorised by the Board, and where not so authorised, by at least two directors, one of whom shall be a managing director, or by the director where there is one director.

Sub-section (7): a signed copy of every financial statement, including the consolidated one, shall be issued, circulated or published along with a copy each of:

  1. any notes annexed to or forming part of it;
  2. the auditor's report; and
  3. the Board's report under sub-section (3).

That is the package. Statement, notes, auditor's report, Board's report. It travels together, and the next chapter is about where it travels to.

Sub-section (8): on default, the company is liable to a penalty of three lakh rupees and every officer in default to fifty thousand rupees.

What to write in the exam

If asked about accounting standards under the Companies Act, give section 133 with its three actors, then section 129(1) making compliance mandatory, then section 129(5) requiring deviation, reasons and financial effects to be disclosed where they are not followed.

If asked for the contents of the Board's report, give the six groups in the table with a few clause letters, then say what the two provisos allow, then note the abridged report for a One Person Company or small company.

munotes.in133

Accounting Standards, and the Board's Report

If asked for the Directors' Responsibility Statement, give the six clauses in order and say which one is confined to listed companies.

The line to remember

Section 133 makes the standards binding, and section 134 makes the directors say so in writing. Between them they turn accounting practice into a statutory duty owed to the members.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in134

Chapter Forty-Four

Circulation and Filing of the Financial Statements

Syllabus topic 3, "Financial Statements of the Company (Sec 129 of the Companies Act, 2013)"

In one line

A copy of the audited financial statement with everything attached to it must reach every member at least twenty-one days before the general meeting, and a copy of the adopted statement must reach the Registrar within thirty days of the meeting.

Section 136: the member's right to a copy

Sub-section (1) sets out what is sent, to whom, and when.

What is sent: a copy of the financial statements, including the consolidated financial statements if any, the auditor's report, and every other document required by law to be annexed or attached to the financial statements, which are to be laid before the company in general meeting.

To whom:

  1. every member of the company;
  2. every trustee for the debenture-holders of any debentures issued by the company; and
  3. all other persons so entitled.

When: not less than twenty-one days before the date of the meeting.

The short-notice exception

Sending late is not automatically a default. The first proviso says that where copies are sent less than twenty-one days before the meeting, they are nevertheless deemed to have been duly sent if the members agree, and the majority required is a heavy one.

CompanyConsent required
With share capitalMembers holding a majority in number entitled to vote, who represent not less than ninety-five per cent of the paid-up share capital carrying a right to vote at the meeting
Without share capitalMembers having not less than ninety-five per cent of the total voting power exercisable at the meeting

Ninety-five per cent is deliberately near-unanimous. The right to twenty-one days' notice can be waived, but practically only by everybody.

Listed companies: the abridged route

The second proviso deems sub-section (1) complied with by a listed company if:

  1. the documents are available for inspection at its registered office during working hours for twenty-one days before the meeting; and
  2. a statement of the salient features in the prescribed form, or copies of the documents as the company thinks fit, is sent to every member and every debenture trustee not less than twenty-one days before the meeting,

unless the shareholders ask for the full financial statements, in which case they must be given.

The further provisos add that the Central Government may prescribe the manner of circulation for companies of prescribed net worth and turnover; that a listed company shall place its financial statements and all attached documents on its website; and that a listed company with subsidiaries shall place separate audited accounts of each subsidiary on its website.

For a foreign subsidiary of a listed company the Act is practical. Where the foreign subsidiary is required by its own country's law to prepare a consolidated statement, placing that consolidated statement on the website suffices. Where the foreign subsidiary is not required to be audited and is not audited, the Indian holding company may place the unaudited statement, with an English translation if it is in another language.

munotes.in135

Circulation and Filing of the Financial Statements

Inspection and subsidiaries: section 136(2)

Every member and every debenture trustee may inspect the documents at the registered office during business hours.

And the proviso: every company having a subsidiary shall provide a copy of the separate audited or unaudited financial statements of each subsidiary to any member who asks for it.

Sub-section (3): on default, the company is liable to a penalty of twenty-five thousand rupees and every officer in default to five thousand rupees.

Section 137: filing with the Registrar

Sub-section (1) is the main rule.

A copy of the financial statements, including the consolidated financial statement if any, along with all the documents required to be attached, duly adopted at the annual general meeting, shall be filed with the Registrar within thirty days of the date of the annual general meeting, in the prescribed manner and with the prescribed fees or additional fees.

Then four situations the provisos deal with.

SituationWhat is filedBy when
Statements not adopted at the annual general meeting or an adjourned oneThe unadopted statements with the required documents; the Registrar takes them as provisionalThirty days of the date of the annual general meeting
Statements adopted at an adjourned annual general meetingThe adopted statementsThirty days of the date of the adjourned meeting
One Person CompanyThe statements adopted by its member, with all attachmentsOne hundred and eighty days from the closure of the financial year
A subsidiary incorporated outside India which has not established a place of business in IndiaIts accounts, attached to the company's own filingWith the filing

And a further proviso for an unaudited foreign subsidiary: where the foreign subsidiary is not required to be audited under its own law and is not audited, the Indian holding company may file the unaudited statement with a declaration to that effect, and an English translation where it is in another language.

The One Person Company deadline is the odd one, and examiners like it. It has no annual general meeting, so the Act cannot count from one. It counts one hundred and eighty days from the year end instead.

Where no annual general meeting was held: section 137(2)

The obligation does not lapse because the meeting did not happen. The financial statements with the attached documents, duly signed, together with a statement of the facts and reasons for not holding the annual general meeting, shall be filed within thirty days of the last date before which the meeting should have been held.

munotes.in136

Circulation and Filing of the Financial Statements

Default: section 137(3)

WhoPenalty
The companyTen thousand rupees, and on continuing failure a further one hundred rupees for each day, subject to a maximum of two lakh rupees
The managing director and the Chief Financial Officer, if any, and in their absence the persons the section namesThe penalty the sub-section provides for an officer in default

The daily accrual is the feature to notice. A late filing gets worse every day it stays unfiled, which is why a company files provisional unadopted statements under the first proviso rather than waiting.

The timeline, end to end

StepSectionTiming
Board approves the financial statement and it is signed134(1)Before it goes to the auditor
Auditor's report attached134(2)Before circulation
Board's report attached134(3)Before circulation
Copies sent to members, debenture trustees and others entitled136(1)At least 21 days before the general meeting
Laid before the annual general meeting129(2)At the meeting
Filed with the Registrar after adoption137(1)Within 30 days after the meeting

Learn the chain in that order. A question that asks "what happens to a company's financial statements after they are prepared" is asking for exactly this table, and each row carries its section.

What to write in the exam

If asked about the right of a member to a copy of the accounts, give section 136(1) with the three classes of recipient and the twenty-one days, then the ninety-five per cent short-notice waiver, then the listed company's salient-features route with the shareholder's right to demand the full statements, then the inspection right and the subsidiary proviso in sub-section (2).

If asked about filing with the Registrar, give the thirty days from the annual general meeting, then the provisional filing where the statements are not adopted, the thirty days from an adjourned meeting, the one hundred and eighty days for a One Person Company, and section 137(2) where no meeting was held.

Do not confuse the two penalties. Section 136 default is twenty-five thousand on the company; section 137 default is ten thousand plus one hundred a day up to two lakh.

The line to remember

Twenty-one days before, thirty days after. The members see the accounts before they vote on them, and the public sees them after the members have.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in137

Chapter Forty-Five

Schedule III: the Shape of It

Syllabus topic 4, "Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013"

In one line

Schedule III prescribes the form in which a company's balance sheet and statement of profit and loss are presented, and the general instructions that govern both.

Where it comes from

Schedule III is headed "See section 129". That is the whole of its authority. Section 129(1) requires the financial statements to be in the form or forms provided for different classes of companies in Schedule III, and the Schedule provides them.

So the chain runs:

ProvisionWhat it supplies
1Section 2(40)What a financial statement consists of
2Section 129(1)That it must be true and fair, standards-compliant, and in the Schedule III form
3Section 133Which accounting standards apply
4Schedule IIIThe form itself

Say that chain in an answer before you draw a format. It shows the examiner you know why the format is compulsory.

The three divisions

DivisionForHeading in the Schedule
Division IA company whose financial statements are required to comply with the Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules 2006Financial statements for a company whose financial statements are required to comply with the Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006
Division IIA company whose statements are drawn up in compliance with the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules 2015Financial statements for a company drawn up in compliance of the Ind AS Rules
Division IIIA non-banking financial company on Indian Accounting StandardsFinancial statements for an NBFC drawn up in compliance of the Ind AS Rules

Two visible differences between Division I and Division II, worth one mark if the examiner asks:

  1. Division I puts EQUITY AND LIABILITIES first and ASSETS second. Division II puts ASSETS first.
  2. Division I says "Property, Plant and Equipment and Intangible assets"; Division II opens the asset side with Property, Plant and Equipment, capital work-in-progress, investment property, goodwill and financial assets as separate heads.

Everything in this module is Division I. Your syllabus names Part I and Part II of Schedule III, and MU's problems are set on the Division I formats.

The two parts

PartWhat it prescribes
Part IThe Balance Sheet
Part IIThe Statement of Profit and Loss

Each part has its own set of general instructions following the format, and the Schedule opens with general instructions governing both. Those opening instructions are the subject of the rest of this chapter.

The general instructions, one by one

Instruction 1: the Act and the standards override the Schedule.

Where compliance with the requirements of the Act including Accounting Standards requires any change in treatment or disclosure, including addition, amendment, substitution or deletion in the head or sub-head, or any changes inter se in the financial statements, the same shall be made and the requirements of this Schedule shall stand modified accordingly.

munotes.in138

Schedule III: the Shape of It

Read that carefully, because it settles the hierarchy. The Schedule is not the top of the pile. Where the Act or a standard requires something different, the Schedule gives way, and the format changes to accommodate it.

Instruction 2: the Schedule is a floor, not a ceiling.

The disclosure requirements of the Schedule are in addition to and not in substitution of those in the accounting standards. Additional disclosures required by a standard go in the notes or by way of an additional statement, unless the standard requires them on the face. And all other disclosures required by the Companies Act go in the notes, in addition to the Schedule's requirements.

Instruction 3: what the notes carry, and cross-referencing.

  1. The notes shall contain information in addition to that presented in the financial statements, and shall provide, where required, narrative descriptions or disaggregations of items recognised in the statements, and information about items that do not qualify for recognition.
  2. Each item on the face of the balance sheet and the statement of profit and loss shall be cross-referenced to any related information in the notes. And in preparing them a balance shall be maintained between excessive detail that does not help the user and too much aggregation that withholds important information.

"Items that do not qualify for recognition" is the phrase that houses contingent liabilities. They are not on the face because they are not liabilities yet; they are in the notes because the reader needs them.

Instruction 4: rounding off.

Total income of the companyFigures may be rounded off to
Less than one hundred crore rupeesThe nearest hundreds, thousands, lakhs or millions, or decimals thereof
One hundred crore rupees or moreThe nearest lakhs, millions or crores, or decimals thereof

And once a unit of measurement is used, it is to be used uniformly throughout the financial statements.

Two points students miss. The trigger is total income, not turnover, since the 2021 amendment. And the larger company is forbidden the finer units: a company with income of one hundred crore or more may not round to thousands.

Instruction 5: comparatives.

Except in the case of the first financial statements laid before the company after its incorporation, the corresponding amounts for the immediately preceding reporting period shall be given for all items, including the notes.

That exception is the link back to Module III. A company in its first year has nothing to compare with, which is why the prescribed format's fourth column is empty in a first-year problem and why an examiner setting a first-year question expects that column to be left blank rather than filled with the vendor firm's figures.

munotes.in139

Schedule III: the Shape of It

Instruction 6: the terms mean what the standards say.

For the purposes of the Schedule, the terms used shall be as per the applicable Accounting Standards.

This is the sentence that keeps the Schedule from being a dictionary. When the format says "inventories", you look to the standard on inventories for what the word covers. The Schedule tells you where to write it; the standard tells you what it is.

The Note on minimum requirements

Following the general instructions the Schedule adds a Note, and it is the answer to "may a company add a line?"

This part of the Schedule sets out the minimum requirements for disclosure on the face of the balance sheet and the statement of profit and loss and notes. Line items, sub-line items and sub-totals shall be presented as an addition or substitution on the face when such presentation is relevant to an understanding of the company's financial position or performance, or to cater to industry-specific disclosure requirements, or when required for compliance with amendments to the Act or under the accounting standards.

So the format is a minimum that may be added to, and in the circumstances named it must be added to. It is not a form to be filled in blindly.

What Schedule III does not do

It does not tell you how to measure anything. There is no rule in it about depreciation rates, stock valuation, revenue recognition or provisioning. Those come from the accounting standards notified under section 133, and Schedule II, not Schedule III, deals with useful lives for depreciation.

QuestionAnswered by
How much is this asset worth?The accounting standards, under section 133
Over what life do I depreciate it?Schedule II
Where does it appear, and under what label?Schedule III
Must I present it at all?Section 129(1) with Schedule III

Keep Schedule II and Schedule III apart in your mind. Schedule II is useful lives; Schedule III is presentation. Students swap them under exam pressure and it costs a whole answer.

What to write in the exam

If asked "What is Schedule III?", give: its authority in section 129(1); its three divisions and which applies to whom; its two parts; then the six general instructions, with the rounding-off table and the comparatives rule spelt out; then the Note on minimum requirements. That is a full eight-mark answer without drawing a single format.

If asked for the general instructions, the six in order. The examiner is testing whether you have read the Schedule or only copied a balance sheet from a textbook.

munotes.in140

Schedule III: the Shape of It

The line to remember

Schedule III is the shape of the statement, not the substance of it. Section 133 supplies the substance, and instruction 1 of the Schedule says so by giving way to it.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in141

Chapter Forty-Six

Current and Non-current: the Classification That Drives the Format

Syllabus topic 4, "Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013"

In one line

An asset or a liability is current if it meets any one of four tests, and non-current if it meets none of them.

The four tests for an asset

Schedule III, general instructions for the balance sheet, instruction 1. An asset shall be classified as current when it satisfies any of the following criteria:

TestIn plain terms
(a)It is expected to be realised in, or is intended for sale or consumption in, the company's normal operating cycleIt is part of the trading round
(b)It is held primarily for the purpose of being tradedIt is stock in substance
(c)It is expected to be realised within twelve months after the reporting dateIt turns to cash inside a year
(d)It is cash or a cash equivalent, unless it is restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least twelve months after the reporting dateIt is money now

All other assets shall be classified as non-current.

Any one is enough. The criteria are alternatives, not conditions, and the word in the Schedule is "any".

The four tests for a liability

Instruction 3. A liability shall be classified as current when it satisfies any of the following:

Test
(a)It is expected to be settled in the company's normal operating cycle
(b)It is held primarily for the purpose of being traded
(c)It is due to be settled within twelve months after the reporting date
(d)The company does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement for at least twelve months after the reporting date

All other liabilities shall be classified as non-current.

And a sentence attached to (d) that students misread: terms of a liability that could, at the option of the counterparty, result in its settlement by the issue of equity instruments, do not affect its classification. So a convertible debenture is not made current merely because the holder may convert it.

The operating cycle

Instruction 2 defines it.

An operating cycle is the time between the acquisition of assets for processing and their realisation in cash or cash equivalents. Where the normal operating cycle cannot be identified, it is assumed to have a duration of twelve months.

Why this matters more than the twelve-month test. Test (a) is about the operating cycle, and test (c) is about twelve months. They are different tests, and the first can be longer than the second.

Take a shipbuilder whose operating cycle is thirty months. Raw material bought today will be consumed in that cycle, so it is a current asset under test (a), even though it will not be realised within twelve months and so fails test (c). The same follows for the amount owed to the yard's suppliers, which is settled within the cycle and so is a current liability under (a).

munotes.in142

Current and Non-current: the Classification That Drives the Format

And where the cycle cannot be identified, it is twelve months by assumption, which is why in nearly every examination problem the operating cycle and the twelve months coincide, and the distinction never has to be drawn. But you should be able to draw it if asked.

Trade receivables and trade payables

Instructions 4 and 5 define them, and the definition is about the transaction, not about the time.

Definition
Trade receivableA receivable in respect of the amount due on account of goods sold or services rendered in the normal course of business
Trade payableA payable in respect of the amount due on account of goods purchased or services received in the normal course of business

So an amount owed by a customer is a trade receivable however long it takes to collect, and a loan given to an employee is not a trade receivable however quickly it comes back. The head is decided by what created the balance.

A trade receivable can be non-current. If a debt is not expected to be realised within twelve months and falls outside the operating cycle, it goes under long-term loans and advances or other non-current assets, not among current assets. That is the combination examiners like to test, and it is the reason to apply the four tests separately from the trade or non-trade label.

Working the classification

Take a trading company with a twelve-month operating cycle at 31 March 2027.

ItemTest that decides itClassification
Stock in trade(a), consumed in the operating cycleCurrent asset
Debtors, collectible in two months(a) and (c)Current asset, trade receivable
Fixed deposit maturing 30 June 2027(c), within twelve monthsCurrent asset, current investment or other current asset
Fixed deposit maturing 30 June 2029Fails all fourNon-current asset
Bank balance in a lien account, released 2030(d) fails, restricted for more than twelve monthsNon-current asset
MachineryFails all fourNon-current asset
Creditors for goods(a)Current liability, trade payable
Ten-year debentures issued in 2020Fails all fourNon-current liability, long-term borrowing
The instalment of those debentures due 30 Sep 2027(c)Current liability, current maturity of long-term debt
Provision for gratuity, payable on retirementFails all fourLong-term provision
Provision for tax for the year(c)Short-term provision

The debenture row is the one to study. The same borrowing splits: the part falling due within twelve months is a current liability, the rest is non-current. Schedule III says so expressly under short-term borrowings, where instruction (v) requires current maturities of long-term borrowings to be disclosed separately.

munotes.in143

Current and Non-current: the Classification That Drives the Format

The commonest errors

ErrorWhy it is wrong
Treating the four tests as cumulativeThe Schedule says any; one test satisfied is enough
Classifying by the name of the accountA "deposit" may be either; the test decides
Forgetting the current maturity splitThe instalment due within a year is current, however long the loan
Making a convertible debenture current because it may be convertedConversion at the counterparty's option does not affect classification
Using twelve months where the operating cycle is longerTest (a) governs where the cycle is identifiable
Calling every debtor a current assetA debtor outside the cycle and beyond twelve months is non-current

Why the format depends on it

Look at the shape of Part I. Equity and liabilities are grouped as shareholders' funds, share application money pending allotment, non-current liabilities and current liabilities. Assets are grouped as non-current assets and current assets.

Six of the eight groups are named by this classification. So the classification is not a refinement applied after the balance sheet is drawn; it is the thing that draws it. Get it wrong and the totals still agree, which is exactly why an examiner can award or withhold marks on it without the student noticing anything is amiss.

What to write in the exam

If asked to explain current and non-current, give the four asset tests, the residual rule, the four liability tests, the residual rule, the operating cycle definition with the twelve-month assumption, and the equity-settlement sentence. Then give three or four worked classifications like the table above.

If a problem gives you an operating cycle, say in one line which test you are applying to each doubtful item. It is worth the ink, because it shows the examiner the reasoning that the finished balance sheet hides.

The line to remember

Ask "does it turn over in the cycle, or inside a year?" If yes on either, it is current. Everything else is non-current, and the Schedule never says more than that.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in144

Chapter Forty-Seven

The Balance Sheet, Part I of Schedule III

Syllabus topic 6, "Preparation of Balance Sheet Part I of Schedule III"

In one line

The Schedule III balance sheet is a vertical statement in two halves, equity and liabilities above and assets below, each classified as current or non-current, with every figure cross-referenced to a note.

The prescribed form

Part I of Schedule III sets the heading exactly.

Name of the Company Balance Sheet as at .... (Rupees in ....)

Four columns: Particulars, Note No., figures as at the end of the current reporting period, figures as at the end of the previous reporting period.

I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

HeadSub-heads
(1)Shareholders' funds(a) Share capital; (b) Reserves and surplus; (c) Money received against share warrants
(2)Share application money pending allotmentNo sub-heads
(3)Non-current liabilities(a) Long-term borrowings; (b) Deferred tax liabilities (net); (c) Other long-term liabilities; (d) Long-term provisions
(4)Current liabilities(a) Short-term borrowings; (b) Trade payables, split into total outstanding dues of micro and small enterprises and dues of other creditors; (c) Other current liabilities; (d) Short-term provisions
TOTAL

II. ASSETS

HeadSub-heads
(1)Non-current assets(a) Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, itemised as (i) property, plant and equipment, (ii) intangible assets, (iii) capital work-in-progress, (iv) intangible assets under development; (b) Non-current investments; (c) Deferred tax assets (net); (d) Long-term loans and advances; (e) Other non-current assets
(2)Current assets(a) Current investments; (b) Inventories; (c) Trade receivables; (d) Cash and cash equivalents; (e) Short-term loans and advances; (f) Other current assets
TOTAL

And under it, the line the Schedule itself prints: See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

Reproduce that heading and those two TOTALs in every answer. Marks are given for the form, and the form includes the words "as at", the Note No. column and the previous-period column.

Head by head, on the equity and liabilities side

Share capital. The face carries one figure. The note carries the detail, and Schedule III lists it for each class of share capital, preference classes treated separately: the number and amount authorised; the number issued, subscribed and fully paid, and subscribed but not fully paid; par value per share; a reconciliation of the number of shares outstanding at the beginning and the end; the rights, preferences and restrictions; shares held by the holding company; shares held by each shareholder holding more than five per cent; shares reserved under options; for the five preceding years, shares allotted without payment being received in cash, bonus shares, and shares bought back; terms of convertible securities; calls unpaid, showing separately those unpaid by directors and officers; forfeited shares, at the amount originally paid up; and the shareholding of promoters with the percentage change during the year.

munotes.in145

The Balance Sheet, Part I of Schedule III

Reserves and surplus. The Schedule classifies it, and this list is examinable in itself:

  1. Capital reserves;
  2. Capital redemption reserve;
  3. Securities premium;
  4. Debenture redemption reserve;
  5. Revaluation reserve;
  6. Share options outstanding account;
  7. Other reserves, specifying the nature and purpose of each; and
  8. Surplus, the balance in the statement of profit and loss, disclosing allocations and appropriations such as dividend, bonus shares and transfers to and from reserves.

Additions and deductions since the last balance sheet are shown under each head.

Two rules attached to it. A reserve specifically represented by earmarked investments shall be termed a fund. And a debit balance in the statement of profit and loss shall be shown as a negative figure under Surplus, with the total of reserves and surplus shown under that head even if the resulting figure is negative.

That second rule ends an old practice. A debit balance in profit and loss does not go on the asset side as a fictitious asset. It is a negative figure inside reserves and surplus. Examiners test it, and a student who puts accumulated losses among the assets has answered under the wrong Act.

Long-term borrowings. Classified as bonds and debentures; term loans from banks and from other parties; deferred payment liabilities; deposits; loans and advances from related parties; long-term maturities of finance lease obligations; and other loans and advances.

They are further sub-classified as secured and unsecured, with the nature of security specified in each case; loans guaranteed by directors or others are disclosed in aggregate under each head; bonds and debentures are stated in descending order of maturity, with the rate of interest and particulars of redemption; terms of repayment are stated; and any continuing default in repayment of loans and interest is specified separately with its period and amount.

Other long-term liabilities are classified as trade payables and others; long-term provisions as provision for employee benefits and others.

Short-term borrowings. Classified as loans repayable on demand from banks and from other parties; loans and advances from related parties; deposits; and other loans and advances. Secured and unsecured again, with the nature of security, guarantees by directors, and defaults. And instruction (v): current maturities of long-term borrowings shall be disclosed separately.

Other current liabilities. Classified as current maturities of finance lease obligations; interest accrued but not due on borrowings; interest accrued and due on borrowings; income received in advance; unpaid dividends; application money received for allotment and due for refund, with interest; unpaid matured deposits and interest; unpaid matured debentures and interest; and other payables.

munotes.in146

The Balance Sheet, Part I of Schedule III

The interest split is the fine point. Interest accrued but not due and interest accrued and due are separate lines, because the second is a debt the lender may demand today.

Short-term provisions. Provision for employee benefits, and others.

Head by head, on the asset side

Property, plant and equipment. Disclosed by class, with a reconciliation of the gross and net carrying amounts at the beginning and end of the period, showing additions, disposals, acquisitions through business combinations and other adjustments, and the related depreciation and impairment losses. Intangible assets are disclosed on the same pattern with amortisation.

Non-current investments. Classified as trade and other investments, and within them as investments in property, in equity instruments, in preference shares, in government or trust securities, in debentures or bonds, in mutual funds, in partnership firms and other non-current investments, each showing whether quoted or unquoted, with the aggregate amount of quoted investments and their market value, the aggregate of unquoted investments, and the aggregate provision for diminution in value.

Long-term loans and advances are classified as capital advances, security deposits, loans and advances to related parties and other loans and advances, and shown as secured considered good, unsecured considered good and doubtful, with the allowance for bad and doubtful debts and any amounts due from directors or officers disclosed.

Inventories. Classified as raw materials, work-in-progress, finished goods, stock-in-trade, stores and spares, loose tools and others, with goods in transit disclosed separately under the relevant sub-head, and the mode of valuation stated.

The mode of valuation is a disclosure requirement, not a nicety. A note that says "at cost or net realisable value, whichever is lower" is what Schedule III asks for.

Trade receivables. Shown separately for those outstanding for a period exceeding six months from the date they became due for payment and others, each as secured considered good, unsecured considered good and doubtful, with the allowance for bad and doubtful debts, and debts due from directors or officers disclosed separately.

Cash and cash equivalents. Classified as balances with banks, cheques and drafts on hand, cash on hand and others, with earmarked balances such as unpaid dividend accounts, balances held as margin money or security against borrowings, repatriation restrictions, bank deposits with more than twelve months maturity, and the position of deposits with more than three months maturity disclosed separately.

Short-term loans and advances follow the pattern of the long-term ones; other current assets are specified by nature.

What sits below the totals

Contingent liabilities and commitments, to the extent not provided for. Head T of the notes, and the classification is prescribed.

munotes.in147

The Balance Sheet, Part I of Schedule III

Contingent liabilitiesCommitments
Claims against the company not acknowledged as debtEstimated amount of contracts remaining to be executed on capital account and not provided for
GuaranteesUncalled liability on shares and other investments partly paid
Other money for which the company is contingently liableOther commitments, specifying the nature

They are not liabilities and they are not in the totals. They are disclosed because a reader who did not know of them would misjudge the company.

Proposed dividends. Head U: the amount proposed to be distributed to equity and preference shareholders for the period and the amount per share shall be disclosed separately, and arrears of fixed cumulative dividends on preference shares disclosed separately as well.

Unutilised issue proceeds. Head V: where securities were issued for a specific purpose and the whole or part of the amount has not been so used at the balance sheet date, a note shall indicate how the unutilised amount has been used or invested. Head VA extends the same to borrowings from banks and financial institutions not used for the purpose for which they were taken.

The Board's opinion on realisable value. Head W: if in the Board's opinion any asset other than property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and non-current investments does not have a realisable value in the ordinary course of business at least equal to the amount at which it is stated, the fact that the Board is of that opinion shall be stated.

The commonest presentation errors

ErrorThe rule it breaks
Drawing the balance sheet in T form, liabilities left and assets rightSchedule III's format is vertical, in two halves
Showing the debit balance of profit and loss on the asset sideIt is a negative figure under Surplus
Omitting the Note No. columnIt is column 2 of the prescribed form; instruction 3(ii) requires cross-referencing
Omitting the previous period columnGeneral instruction 5, except for the first statements after incorporation
Putting the whole of a term loan under non-current liabilitiesCurrent maturities are disclosed separately as current
Showing proposed dividend as a liability on the faceIt is a disclosure under head U
Writing "Sundry debtors" and "Sundry creditors"The Schedule's heads are trade receivables and trade payables
Writing "Fixed assets"The head has been property, plant and equipment since 2018

The last two cost marks silently. The figures are right, the labels are from a previous Act, and the examiner is marking against Schedule III.

What to write in the exam

If asked to give the format, draw the four-column heading, the two halves with their eight groups and their sub-heads, and both TOTAL lines. Do not put figures in it unless the question gives them.

munotes.in148

The Balance Sheet, Part I of Schedule III

If asked to prepare a balance sheet from a trial balance, classify first, then place, then total, then write the notes. The chapter on the worked problem does it end to end.

The line to remember

The face of the balance sheet carries a dozen figures; the notes carry the company. Schedule III is built that way on purpose, and instruction 3(ii) is the thread that ties the two together.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in149

Chapter Forty-Eight

The Statement of Profit and Loss, Part II of Schedule III

Syllabus topic 5, "Preparation of Profit and Loss Statement Part II of Schedule III"

In one line

The Schedule III statement of profit and loss is a single vertical statement running from revenue to earnings per share, in which total income less total expenses gives profit, adjusted for exceptional and extraordinary items and tax.

The prescribed form

Name of the Company Profit and loss statement for the year ended .... (Rupees in ....)

Four columns again: Particulars, Note No., current reporting period, previous reporting period.

LineParticularsHow it is arrived at
IRevenue from operations
IIOther income
IIITotal incomeI plus II
IVExpenses: cost of materials consumed; purchases of stock-in-trade; changes in inventories of finished goods, work-in-progress and stock-in-trade; employee benefits expense; finance costs; depreciation and amortisation expense; other expenses
Total expensesThe sum of the above
VProfit before exceptional and extraordinary items and taxIII minus IV
VIExceptional items
VIIProfit before extraordinary items and taxV minus VI
VIIIExtraordinary items
IXProfit before taxVII minus VIII
XTax expense: (1) current tax; (2) deferred tax
XIProfit or loss for the period from continuing operations
XIIProfit or loss from discontinuing operations
XIIITax expense of discontinuing operations
XIVProfit or loss from discontinuing operations after taxXII minus XIII
XVProfit or loss for the periodXI plus XIV
XVIEarnings per equity share: (1) basic; (2) diluted

And below it: See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

The Schedule prints the arithmetic in brackets against each line. Copy that habit. A statement whose lines say where they came from is self-checking, and the examiner can see the method even where a figure is wrong.

What goes in each head

Revenue from operations. For a company other than a finance company, the notes shall disclose revenue separately from sale of products, sale of services, grants or donations received in the case of a section 8 company, and other operating revenues, less excise duty.

For a finance company, revenue from operations includes revenue from interest and other financial services.

The distinction between operating and other income is the one to get right. Revenue from operations is what the company is in business to earn. Everything else is other income.

Other income. Classified as interest income in the case of a company other than a finance company, dividend income, net gain or loss on sale of investments, and other non-operating income net of expenses directly attributable to it.

Finance costs. Classified as interest expense, other borrowing costs, and the applicable net gain or loss on foreign currency transactions and translation.

Notice where interest sits. Interest paid is a finance cost inside expenses; interest received is other income, unless the company is a finance company, in which case it is revenue from operations. Three different places for one word, and examiners set the trap.

munotes.in150

The Statement of Profit and Loss, Part II of Schedule III

Changes in inventories. The line is not opening stock or closing stock. It is the change, and the sign follows the direction.

SituationEffect on the line
Closing stock higher than openingThe change is a negative expense, so it reduces total expenses
Closing stock lower than openingThe change is a positive expense, so it increases total expenses

Compute it as opening minus closing. A rise in stock gives a negative figure, which is right, because goods produced and not sold are not a cost of this year's revenue.

Employee benefits expense. Disclosed by way of notes showing separately salaries and wages, contribution to provident and other funds, expense on employee stock option and stock purchase plans, and staff welfare expenses.

Other expenses. Everything not in a named head, with the additional information described below.

The additional information the Schedule requires

Instruction 5 of the general instructions for the statement of profit and loss is a long list, and these are the entries a B.Com question touches.

  1. Any item of income or expenditure which exceeds one per cent of the revenue from operations, or one lakh rupees, whichever is higher, disclosed separately.
  2. Payments to the auditor, shown as auditor, for taxation matters, for company law matters, for management services, for other services and for reimbursement of expenses.
  3. Expenditure on corporate social responsibility activities, for companies covered by section 135.
  4. Details of items of an exceptional and extraordinary nature, and prior period items.
  5. Expenditure on each of consumption of stores and spare parts, power and fuel, rent, repairs to buildings, repairs to machinery, insurance, rates and taxes excluding taxes on income, and miscellaneous expenses.
  6. Raw materials under broad heads for a manufacturing company, purchases of goods traded in under broad heads for a trading company, and gross income from services under broad heads for a service company.
  7. Amounts set aside to, or withdrawn from, reserves, if material, and the same for provisions for specific liabilities, contingencies or commitments.
  8. Value of imports on a CIF basis, expenditure and earnings in foreign currency, and dividends from subsidiary companies.

The one per cent rule is the examinable one. An expense of more than one per cent of revenue from operations, or a lakh, whichever is higher, cannot be buried in other expenses. It has to be named.

Exceptional and extraordinary items

They are separate lines for a reason. An item is exceptional when it is part of ordinary activities but is of such size, nature or incidence that its disclosure is relevant to understanding performance. An item is extraordinary when it is outside the ordinary activities of the enterprise and not expected to recur frequently.

munotes.in151

The Statement of Profit and Loss, Part II of Schedule III

Ordinarily treated as
Profit on sale of a division's fixed assets, large in amountExceptional, line VI
Loss of stock in an earthquakeExtraordinary, line VIII
Write-back of a provision no longer required, materialExceptional, line VI
Compensation received for the compulsory acquisition of landExtraordinary, line VIII

Both are shown separately and both are before tax, which is why they sit at lines VI and VIII, above profit before tax at line IX.

What is NOT in this statement

Three things a student trained on partnership accounts expects and will not find.

ExpectedWhere it actually is
A trading account ending in gross profitNowhere; Schedule III runs straight from income to expenses. Gross profit is computed inside a problem as working, not shown as a line
An appropriation section for transfers to reserve and dividendIn the balance sheet notes, under Reserves and Surplus, which discloses allocations and appropriations, and under head U for proposed dividends
Partners' salaries or interest on capitalNot applicable; a company pays directors' remuneration, which is an expense inside employee benefits expense, not an appropriation

The appropriation point is the one to write down. Under the Companies Act 2013 the statement of profit and loss ends at profit for the period. What is done with that profit appears in the movement of Surplus within reserves and surplus, in the notes to the balance sheet.

From a trial balance to line IV

A practical order of work, which the worked chapter follows.

  1. Take sales to revenue from operations, and every non-trading receipt to other income.
  2. Take opening stock, purchases and direct expenses to their heads inside expenses, remembering that closing stock is not an expense line but part of changes in inventories.
  3. Put wages, salaries and staff costs into employee benefits expense.
  4. Put interest and bank charges on borrowings into finance costs.
  5. Put depreciation into depreciation and amortisation expense.
  6. Put everything else into other expenses, and name separately anything above the one per cent threshold.
  7. Total, subtract, and carry down to profit before tax and then to profit for the period.

Six heads of expense, and only six. Cost of materials consumed, purchases of stock-in-trade, changes in inventories, employee benefits, finance costs, depreciation and amortisation, and then other expenses as the residue. If a student cannot place an item, it goes to other expenses, and if it is large it is named.

munotes.in152

The Statement of Profit and Loss, Part II of Schedule III

What to write in the exam

If asked for the format, give lines I to XVI with the arithmetic in brackets and the four-column heading. The numbering is worth marks on its own.

If asked to prepare the statement from a trial balance, follow the seven steps above, show the workings for changes in inventories, and finish at profit for the period. Do not append an appropriation account.

If asked to distinguish it from a partnership profit and loss account, use the three rows of the "what is not in this statement" table.

The line to remember

Total income less total expenses, then exceptional, then extraordinary, then tax. Everything between line III and line XV is that sentence, written out in the Schedule's own order.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in153

Chapter Forty-Nine

The Notes to Accounts

Syllabus topic 4, "Schedule III of the Companies Act, 2013"

In one line

The face of the statements carries the totals; the notes carry the composition of every total, and each face item is cross-referenced to its note.

Why the notes exist

Schedule III's general instruction 3(i) says the notes shall contain information in addition to that presented in the financial statements, and shall provide, where required:

  1. narrative descriptions or disaggregations of items recognised in the statements; and
  2. information about items that do not qualify for recognition in them.

Two kinds of content, and they are different in nature. The first breaks a number into its parts. The second reports something that is not a number in the statements at all, which is where contingent liabilities and commitments live.

Cross-referencing

Instruction 3(ii) requires that each item on the face of the balance sheet and the statement of profit and loss be cross-referenced to any related information in the notes.

That is the Note No. column in both prescribed formats. It is column 2, and it is not decoration.

And the instruction ends with a warning against both extremes: a balance shall be maintained between providing excessive detail that may not assist users and not providing important information as a result of too much aggregation.

How a note is built

A note has the same two-column shape as the statement it serves, with the current period and the previous period, and it ends in the total that appears on the face.

Take share capital, in a company with issued capital of 40,000 equity shares of Rs 10 each fully paid.

Note 1: Share capital

Particulars31 Mar 2027, Rs31 Mar 2026, Rs
Authorised: 60,000 equity shares of Rs 10 each6,00,0006,00,000
Particulars31 Mar 2027, Rs31 Mar 2026, Rs
Issued, subscribed and fully paid up: 40,000 equity shares of Rs 10 each4,00,0004,00,000
Total4,00,0004,00,000

The authorised capital appears in the note and never on the face. It is not a figure the company owes or owns; it is a ceiling. Putting authorised capital into the balance sheet total is a standing error and it makes the two halves disagree. Notice too that it is shown above the total and outside it, which is why it is set out here as a line of its own.

And reserves and surplus, where the year's profit lands.

Note 2: Reserves and surplus

ParticularsRs
General reserve, closing balance70,000
Surplus, being the balance in the statement of profit and loss, closing balance99,000
Total1,69,000

The movement in each, which the Schedule requires to be shown:

Movement during the yearGeneral reserve, RsSurplus, Rs
Opening balance50,00035,000
Add: profit for the yearnil84,000
Add: transferred from surplus20,000nil
Less: transfer to general reservenil(20,000)
Closing balance70,00099,000
munotes.in154

The Notes to Accounts

This note is where the appropriations appear. Schedule III's head B requires Surplus to disclose allocations and appropriations such as dividend, bonus shares and transfers to and from reserves, and requires additions and deductions since the last balance sheet to be shown under each head. So the appropriation account of the old form has become a note, and this is the note.

The notes a company must give

Head by head, Schedule III prescribes what the note shall contain. The balance sheet chapter set them out; this is the working list, in the order the notes are usually numbered.

NoteHeadThe essentials it must carry
1Share capitalAuthorised, issued and subscribed; par value; reconciliation of shares outstanding; rights and restrictions; holders of more than five per cent; five-year history of bonus, non-cash and bought-back shares; calls unpaid; forfeited shares; promoters' shareholding
2Reserves and surplusThe eight classes, with additions and deductions under each; a fund where earmarked; a debit balance shown as a negative figure
3Long-term borrowingsThe seven classes; secured and unsecured with the nature of security; guarantees by directors; terms of repayment; continuing defaults
4Long-term provisionsEmployee benefits and others
5Short-term borrowingsThe four classes, with security, guarantees and defaults; current maturities of long-term borrowings separately
6Trade payablesDues of micro and small enterprises separately from other creditors, with the ageing schedule
7Other current liabilitiesInterest accrued but not due and accrued and due separately; income received in advance; unpaid dividends; unpaid matured deposits and debentures
8Short-term provisionsEmployee benefits and others
9Property, plant and equipmentBy class, with the reconciliation of gross and net carrying amounts, additions, disposals and depreciation
10Non-current investmentsTrade and other; quoted and unquoted, with market value of quoted and provision for diminution
11InventoriesThe classes, goods in transit separately, and the mode of valuation
12Trade receivablesOver six months from the due date separately; secured, unsecured and doubtful; allowance for doubtful debts; dues from directors
13Cash and cash equivalentsBalances with banks, cheques on hand, cash on hand; earmarked balances; margin money; deposits over twelve months
14Revenue from operationsSale of products, sale of services, other operating revenues, less excise duty
15Other incomeInterest, dividend, net gain on sale of investments, other non-operating income
16Employee benefits expenseSalaries and wages; contribution to funds; stock option expense; staff welfare
17Finance costsInterest expense; other borrowing costs; net foreign currency gain or loss
18Other expensesThe itemised list, with anything above one per cent of revenue from operations or one lakh named separately, and payments to the auditor
19Contingent liabilities and commitmentsClaims not acknowledged as debt; guarantees; other contingent liability; capital contracts remaining to be executed; uncalled liability on partly paid investments
20Other disclosuresProposed dividend and the amount per share; arrears of cumulative preference dividend; unutilised issue proceeds; the Board's opinion on realisable value where head W applies
munotes.in155

The Notes to Accounts

Twenty notes is a full set. In an examination problem you will write six to ten of them, and which ones is decided by what the trial balance contains.

Accounting policies

The first note in a real annual report is not share capital; it is significant accounting policies. Schedule III's general instruction 6 says the terms used are as per the applicable accounting standards, and instruction 2 says disclosures required by the standards are in addition to the Schedule's. The standard on disclosure of accounting policies requires the significant policies to be disclosed in one place, and that is why the policies note comes first.

In an examination answer, a short policies note covering the basis of preparation, the method of depreciation and the mode of valuation of inventories is enough, and it is worth a mark where the question gives you the information to write it.

The contingent liability note

The one note that is not a disaggregation of a face item, and therefore the one students omit.

Note: Contingent liabilities and commitments, to the extent not provided for

ParticularsRs
(i) Contingent liabilities
Claims against the company not acknowledged as debt40,000
Guarantees given to the bank on behalf of a subsidiary2,00,000
(ii) Commitments
Estimated amount of contracts remaining to be executed on capital account, not provided for1,50,000
Uncalled liability on partly paid investments25,000

Nothing here is in the totals of the balance sheet, and nothing here is a provision. A contingent liability is disclosed; a provision is recognised. The moment an obligation becomes probable and can be measured, it stops being a contingent liability and becomes a provision inside current or non-current liabilities.

The commonest errors in the notes

ErrorThe rule
Showing authorised capital in the totalIt is disclosed, not added
No note number against a face itemInstruction 3(ii) requires cross-referencing
Giving the closing balance of a reserve without the movementThe Schedule requires additions and deductions under each head
Writing a separate appropriation accountAppropriations are disclosed inside the Surplus note
Omitting the mode of valuation of inventoriesIt is a prescribed disclosure
Putting contingent liabilities among current liabilitiesThey are not liabilities; head T disclosure only
A note whose total does not equal the face figureThe note is the face figure, itemised
munotes.in156

The Notes to Accounts

The last is the check to run before you put your pen down. Every note ends in a total, and every one of those totals must appear on the face against that note number.

What to write in the exam

If asked what the notes to accounts contain, give instruction 3(i) with the two kinds of content, instruction 3(ii) on cross-referencing and the balance to be maintained, then five or six of the prescribed notes with what each must carry, then the contingent liabilities note as an example of the second kind.

In a problem, number your notes, put the numbers on the face, and make each note end in the figure it supports. That single discipline is worth more marks than any extra detail.

The line to remember

A Schedule III balance sheet is unreadable without its notes, and that is by design. The face is an index; the notes are the accounts.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in157

Chapter Fifty

Final Accounts of a Company, Worked

Syllabus topic 7, "Preparation of Final accounts of the Company"

The question

The following is the trial balance of Sunrise Trading Ltd as at 31 March 2027.

ParticularsDr, RsCr, Rs
Opening stock1,20,000
Purchases7,80,000
Wages90,000
Salaries1,10,000
Rent, rates and taxes47,000
Insurance24,000
General expenses30,000
Directors' fees30,000
Debenture interest10,000
Bad debts6,000
Land and building3,00,000
Plant and machinery2,00,000
Furniture50,000
Trade receivables1,80,000
Cash and bank balances70,000
Equity share capital, 40,000 shares of Rs 10 each fully paid4,00,000
General reserve50,000
Surplus, balance in the statement of profit and loss35,000
10 per cent debentures, redeemable in 20322,00,000
Trade payables1,50,000
Sales12,00,000
Provision for doubtful debts8,000
Interest received4,000
Total20,47,00020,47,000

The authorised capital is 60,000 equity shares of Rs 10 each.

Adjustments:

  1. Stock in trade on 31 March 2027 was valued at Rs 1,60,000, at cost, which is lower than net realisable value.
  2. Depreciate land and building at 5 per cent, plant and machinery at 10 per cent and furniture at 10 per cent, on the balances shown.
  3. Salaries outstanding Rs 10,000.
  4. Insurance prepaid Rs 4,000.
  5. Provide for the debenture interest for the whole year.
  6. Maintain the provision for doubtful debts at 5 per cent of trade receivables.
  7. Provide for taxation at 30 per cent of the profit before tax.
  8. The directors have resolved to transfer Rs 25,000 to the general reserve and have proposed a dividend of 10 per cent on the paid-up equity capital.

Prepare the statement of profit and loss for the year ended 31 March 2027 and the balance sheet as at that date, in the form prescribed by Schedule III, with the notes.

---

Before you start: read the adjustments as instructions to the trial balance

Every adjustment does exactly two things, and if you write both down first the statements assemble themselves.

AdjustmentEffect oneEffect two
Closing stock 1,60,000Reduces expenses through changes in inventoriesInventories in current assets
Depreciation 40,000Depreciation expenseReduces the carrying amount of each asset
Salaries outstanding 10,000Increases employee benefits expenseOther current liabilities
Insurance prepaid 4,000Reduces other expensesOther current assets
Debenture interest for the yearFinance cost of 20,000, not 10,000Other current liabilities of 10,000
Provision at 5 per centCharge of the shortfall onlyDeducted from trade receivables
Tax at 30 per centTax expenseShort-term provision
Transfer to reserve, proposed dividendNeither is an expenseDisclosed in the notes, not on the face

The last row is the one that separates a good answer from an average one, and it is worked out at the end of this chapter.

Working notes

Working note 1: depreciation.

AssetCost, RsRateDepreciation, RsCarrying amount, Rs
Land and building3,00,0005 per cent15,0002,85,000
Plant and machinery2,00,00010 per cent20,0001,80,000
Furniture50,00010 per cent5,00045,000
Total5,50,00040,0005,10,000
munotes.in158

Final Accounts of a Company, Worked

Working note 2: debenture interest.

Rs
Interest for the year, 10 per cent on 2,00,00020,000
Less: paid and shown in the trial balance(10,000)
Outstanding at the year end10,000

The whole 20,000 is the finance cost. The 10,000 unpaid is a liability, and because a half-year's interest has fallen due and not been paid it goes under other current liabilities as interest accrued and due on borrowings.

Working note 3: provision for doubtful debts.

Rs
Provision required, 5 per cent of 1,80,0009,000
Less: provision already carried in the trial balance(8,000)
Charge to the statement of profit and loss1,000

Only the shortfall is charged. The trial balance already carries 8,000, and charging the whole 9,000 again would double the expense. This is the commonest single error in the whole question.

Working note 4: employee benefits expense.

Rs
Wages90,000
Salaries, 1,10,000 plus 10,000 outstanding1,20,000
Total2,10,000

Wages go here, not into cost of materials. Schedule III's expense heads have no "direct wages" line, and a trading company's wages are an employee benefit.

Working note 5: other expenses.

Rs
Rent, rates and taxes47,000
Insurance, 24,000 less 4,000 prepaid20,000
General expenses30,000
Directors' fees30,000
Bad debts6,000
Provision for doubtful debts, working note 31,000
Total1,34,000

Working note 6: changes in inventories.

Rs
Opening stock in trade1,20,000
Less: closing stock in trade(1,60,000)
Change, shown as a negative expense(40,000)

A rise in stock reduces the expense, because goods bought and still on hand are not a cost of this year's sales.

---

The statement of profit and loss

Sunrise Trading Ltd Statement of profit and loss for the year ended 31 March 2027

LineParticularsNoteRs
IRevenue from operations1212,00,000
IIOther income134,000
IIITotal income (I plus II)12,04,000
IVExpenses
Purchases of stock in trade7,80,000
Changes in inventories of stock in trade14(40,000)
Employee benefits expense152,10,000
Finance costs1620,000
Depreciation and amortisation expense840,000
Other expenses171,34,000
Total expenses11,44,000
VProfit before exceptional and extraordinary items and tax (III minus IV)60,000
IXProfit before tax60,000
XTax expense: current tax18,000
XVProfit for the period42,000
XVIEarnings per equity share, basic and diluted, in Rs1.05

Earnings per share is 42,000 divided by 40,000 shares, which is Rs 1.05. It is line XVI of the prescribed format and it is worth a mark on its own.

munotes.in159

Final Accounts of a Company, Worked

There are no exceptional or extraordinary items, so lines VI to VIII carry nothing and the profit before tax at line IX equals the figure at line V. Write the lines anyway, because the numbering is part of the form.

---

The balance sheet

Sunrise Trading Ltd Balance sheet as at 31 March 2027

ParticularsNoteRs
I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
(1) Shareholders' funds
(a) Share capital14,00,000
(b) Reserves and surplus21,27,000
(3) Non-current liabilities
(a) Long-term borrowings32,00,000
(4) Current liabilities
(b) Trade payables41,50,000
(c) Other current liabilities520,000
(d) Short-term provisions618,000
TOTAL9,15,000
II. ASSETS
(1) Non-current assets
(a) Property, plant and equipment75,10,000
(2) Current assets
(b) Inventories91,60,000
(c) Trade receivables101,71,000
(d) Cash and cash equivalents1170,000
(f) Other current assets184,000
TOTAL9,15,000

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

Group (2), share application money pending allotment, is absent because there is none. Schedule III's format lists it, and a company with nothing under a head simply omits the line. Do not write "nil" against every unused head; it clutters the face the Schedule wants kept short.

---

The notes

Note 1: Share capital

ParticularsRs
Authorised: 60,000 equity shares of Rs 10 each6,00,000
ParticularsRs
Issued, subscribed and fully paid up: 40,000 equity shares of Rs 10 each4,00,000
Total4,00,000

The authorised capital is disclosed and not added. It appears above the total, outside it.

Note 2: Reserves and surplus

ParticularsRs
General reserve75,000
Surplus, being the balance in the statement of profit and loss52,000
Total1,27,000

The movement in each, which Schedule III requires to be shown:

General reserve, RsSurplus, Rs
Opening balance50,00035,000
Add: profit for the yearnil42,000
Add: transferred from surplus25,000nil
Less: transferred to general reservenil(25,000)
Closing balance75,00052,000

Note 3: Long-term borrowings

ParticularsRs
10 per cent debentures, redeemable in 2032, secured2,00,000
Total2,00,000

Note 4: Trade payables

ParticularsRs
Total outstanding dues of creditors other than micro and small enterprises1,50,000
Total1,50,000

Note 5: Other current liabilities

ParticularsRs
Interest accrued and due on borrowings10,000
Salaries outstanding10,000
Total20,000

Note 6: Short-term provisions

ParticularsRs
Provision for taxation18,000
Total18,000

Note 7: Property, plant and equipment

AssetGross block, RsDepreciation for the year, RsNet block, Rs
Land and building3,00,00015,0002,85,000
Plant and machinery2,00,00020,0001,80,000
Furniture50,0005,00045,000
Total5,50,00040,0005,10,000

Note 8 is the depreciation charge of Rs 40,000 carried to the statement of profit and loss, being the middle column of note 7.

munotes.in160

Final Accounts of a Company, Worked

Note 9: Inventories

ParticularsRs
Stock in trade, valued at cost, being lower than net realisable value1,60,000
Total1,60,000

The mode of valuation is part of the note, not an optional remark. Schedule III requires it.

Note 10: Trade receivables

ParticularsRs
Unsecured, considered good1,80,000
Less: allowance for doubtful debts, 5 per cent(9,000)
Total1,71,000

Note 11: Cash and cash equivalents

ParticularsRs
Balances with banks and cash on hand70,000
Total70,000

Note 12: Revenue from operations

ParticularsRs
Sale of products12,00,000
Total12,00,000

Note 13: Other income

ParticularsRs
Interest income4,000
Total4,000

Note 14: Changes in inventories of stock in trade

ParticularsRs
Opening stock1,20,000
Less: closing stock(1,60,000)
Total(40,000)

Note 15: Employee benefits expense

ParticularsRs
Wages90,000
Salaries, including Rs 10,000 outstanding1,20,000
Total2,10,000

Note 16: Finance costs

ParticularsRs
Interest expense on debentures20,000
Total20,000

Note 17: Other expenses

ParticularsRs
Rent, rates and taxes47,000
Insurance, net of Rs 4,000 prepaid20,000
General expenses30,000
Directors' fees30,000
Bad debts6,000
Provision for doubtful debts1,000
Total1,34,000

Note 18: Other current assets

ParticularsRs
Prepaid insurance4,000
Total4,000

Note 19: Proposed dividend, disclosed under head U of Schedule III

ParticularsRs
Dividend proposed by the Board at 10 per cent on 40,000 equity shares of Rs 10 each40,000
Total40,000

The amount per share is Rs 1.00, and Schedule III requires that to be disclosed separately as well.

---

Why the proposed dividend is not a liability

This is the point on which two generations of textbooks disagree, so state your authority.

A dividend proposed by the Board is not an obligation of the company at the balance sheet date. It becomes one only when the members declare it at the general meeting, which happens after the year end. Until then the company can be compelled to pay nothing.

Schedule III treats it accordingly. It appears under head U of the notes, which requires the amount proposed to be distributed and the amount per share to be disclosed separately, together with arrears of fixed cumulative dividends on preference shares. It is not among the heads of current liabilities, which are short-term borrowings, trade payables, other current liabilities and short-term provisions, and none of those is a home for a dividend nobody has declared.

So the surplus in note 2 is not reduced by the 40,000. The transfer to the general reserve is deducted, because the Board has made it; the dividend is disclosed, because the members have not yet declared it.

If a question tells you the dividend was DECLARED, the position changes: there is then an obligation, and it becomes a liability. Read the verb in the question. Proposed or recommended means disclose; declared means provide.

munotes.in161

Final Accounts of a Company, Worked

The checks to run before you stop

CheckThis answer
Do the two halves of the balance sheet agree?9,15,000 and 9,15,000
Does every note total appear on the face against that note number?Yes, all eighteen
Is the closing stock in the balance sheet and in changes in inventories?Yes, once in each, and it appears in the trial balance nowhere
Is only the shortfall in the doubtful debt provision charged?Yes, 1,000 not 9,000
Is the whole year's debenture interest charged?Yes, 20,000, with 10,000 unpaid
Are prepaid and outstanding amounts on both sides?Yes, insurance and salaries
Is the proposed dividend out of the totals?Yes, note 19 only

The first check is the one that saves you. If the totals do not agree, the difference is almost always one adjustment posted once instead of twice, and the size of the difference names it.

The line to remember

Every adjustment lands twice. Find both landings before you draw a single line of the format, and the balance sheet cannot fail to agree.

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in162

Chapter Fifty-One

Practice Questions: Company Accounts

Syllabus topic Module IV entire

Question 1 (15 marks)

The following is the trial balance of Pragati Manufacturers Ltd as at 31 March 2027.

ParticularsDr, RsCr, Rs
Stock of raw materials, 1 April 202660,000
Stock of finished goods, 1 April 202690,000
Purchases of raw materials4,80,000
Carriage inward20,000
Factory wages1,50,000
Office salaries96,000
Advertising40,000
Rent and taxes38,000
Repairs to machinery14,000
Directors' remuneration30,000
Interest on term loan6,000
Bad debts5,000
Land and building4,00,000
Machinery2,50,000
Trade receivables2,00,000
Cash at bank1,10,000
Cash in hand3,000
Equity share capital, 40,000 shares of Rs 10 each fully paid4,00,000
8 per cent term loan from a bank, repayable in 20331,50,000
General reserve80,000
Surplus, balance in the statement of profit and loss50,000
Trade payables3,00,000
Sales10,00,000
Provision for doubtful debts6,000
Rent received6,000
Total19,92,00019,92,000

The authorised capital is 50,000 equity shares of Rs 10 each.

Adjustments:

  1. Closing stock on 31 March 2027: raw materials Rs 80,000 and finished goods Rs 1,20,000, both at cost, which is lower than net realisable value.
  2. Depreciate land and building at 5 per cent and machinery at 10 per cent.
  3. Factory wages outstanding Rs 10,000.
  4. Advertising prepaid Rs 8,000.
  5. Provide the term loan interest for the whole year.
  6. Maintain the provision for doubtful debts at 5 per cent of trade receivables.
  7. Provide for taxation at 30 per cent of the profit before tax.
  8. Transfer Rs 30,000 to the general reserve, and the directors have proposed a dividend of 12 per cent on the paid-up equity capital.

Prepare the statement of profit and loss for the year ended 31 March 2027 and the balance sheet as at that date in the form prescribed by Schedule III, with the notes.

---

Question 2 (8 + 7 marks)

(a) List the statutory books and registers a public company must maintain under the Companies Act 2013, giving the section against each, and state for any four of them where they are kept and who may inspect them. (8)

(b) Explain the provisions of section 129 of the Companies Act 2013 relating to the financial statements of a company. (7)

---

Question 3 (5 + 5 + 5 marks)

(a) Classify the following as current or non-current, with the test that decides each. The company's operating cycle is twelve months and the reporting date is 31 March 2027. (5)

  1. Stock of finished goods
  2. A term loan instalment of Rs 50,000 falling due on 30 September 2027
  3. The remaining Rs 4,50,000 of that term loan
  4. A bank deposit maturing on 31 December 2029
  5. Provision for gratuity payable on retirement

(b) State where each of the following appears in a Schedule III balance sheet or its notes, and under what head. (5)

munotes.in163

Practice Questions: Company Accounts

  1. Authorised share capital
  2. Securities premium
  3. Debit balance in the statement of profit and loss
  4. Calls unpaid by directors
  5. Estimated amount of contracts remaining to be executed on capital account

(c) Answer in one sentence each. (5)

  1. For how many financial years must the books of account be preserved, and under which section?
  2. How many days before the general meeting must the financial statements reach a member?
  3. Within how many days of the annual general meeting must the statements be filed with the Registrar?
  4. Who prescribes the accounting standards, and on whose recommendation?
  5. Why is a proposed dividend not shown as a current liability?

---

Answers

Answer 1

Working note 1: cost of materials consumed.

Rs
Opening stock of raw materials60,000
Add: purchases of raw materials4,80,000
Add: carriage inward20,000
Less: closing stock of raw materials(80,000)
Cost of materials consumed4,80,000

Carriage inward belongs here, not in other expenses. It is a cost of bringing the material in, and Schedule III has no separate carriage line.

Working note 2: changes in inventories of finished goods.

Rs
Opening stock of finished goods90,000
Less: closing stock of finished goods(1,20,000)
Change, shown as a negative expense(30,000)

Only the finished goods appear here. The raw material movement has already been taken into the cost of materials consumed, and putting it in both places would count it twice.

Working note 3: depreciation.

AssetCost, RsRateDepreciation, RsCarrying amount, Rs
Land and building4,00,0005 per cent20,0003,80,000
Machinery2,50,00010 per cent25,0002,25,000
Total6,50,00045,0006,05,000

Working note 4: term loan interest.

Rs
Interest for the year, 8 per cent on 1,50,00012,000
Less: paid and shown in the trial balance(6,000)
Outstanding at the year end6,000

Working note 5: provision for doubtful debts.

Rs
Provision required, 5 per cent of 2,00,00010,000
Less: provision already carried in the trial balance(6,000)
Charge to the statement of profit and loss4,000

Working note 6: other expenses.

Rs
Advertising, 40,000 less 8,000 prepaid32,000
Rent and taxes38,000
Repairs to machinery14,000
Directors' remuneration30,000
Bad debts5,000
Provision for doubtful debts, working note 54,000
Total1,23,000

Pragati Manufacturers Ltd Statement of profit and loss for the year ended 31 March 2027

LineParticularsNoteRs
IRevenue from operations1110,00,000
IIOther income126,000
IIITotal income (I plus II)10,06,000
IVExpenses
Cost of materials consumed134,80,000
Changes in inventories of finished goods14(30,000)
Employee benefits expense152,56,000
Finance costs1612,000
Depreciation and amortisation expense745,000
Other expenses171,23,000
Total expenses8,86,000
VProfit before exceptional and extraordinary items and tax (III minus IV)1,20,000
IXProfit before tax1,20,000
XTax expense: current tax36,000
XVProfit for the period84,000
XVIEarnings per equity share, basic and diluted, in Rs2.10
munotes.in164

Practice Questions: Company Accounts

Pragati Manufacturers Ltd Balance sheet as at 31 March 2027

ParticularsNoteRs
I. EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
(1) Shareholders' funds
(a) Share capital14,00,000
(b) Reserves and surplus22,14,000
(3) Non-current liabilities
(a) Long-term borrowings31,50,000
(4) Current liabilities
(b) Trade payables43,00,000
(c) Other current liabilities516,000
(d) Short-term provisions636,000
TOTAL11,16,000
II. ASSETS
(1) Non-current assets
(a) Property, plant and equipment76,05,000
(2) Current assets
(b) Inventories82,00,000
(c) Trade receivables91,90,000
(d) Cash and cash equivalents101,13,000
(f) Other current assets188,000
TOTAL11,16,000

See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

Note 1: Share capital

ParticularsRs
Authorised: 50,000 equity shares of Rs 10 each5,00,000
ParticularsRs
Issued, subscribed and fully paid up: 40,000 equity shares of Rs 10 each4,00,000
Total4,00,000

Note 2: Reserves and surplus

ParticularsRs
General reserve1,10,000
Surplus, being the balance in the statement of profit and loss1,04,000
Total2,14,000
Movement during the yearGeneral reserve, RsSurplus, Rs
Opening balance80,00050,000
Add: profit for the yearnil84,000
Add: transferred from surplus30,000nil
Less: transferred to general reservenil(30,000)
Closing balance1,10,0001,04,000

Note 3: Long-term borrowings

ParticularsRs
Term loan from a bank at 8 per cent, repayable in 2033, secured1,50,000
Total1,50,000

Note 4: Trade payables

ParticularsRs
Total outstanding dues of creditors other than micro and small enterprises3,00,000
Total3,00,000

Note 5: Other current liabilities

ParticularsRs
Interest accrued and due on borrowings6,000
Factory wages outstanding10,000
Total16,000

Note 6: Short-term provisions

ParticularsRs
Provision for taxation36,000
Total36,000

Note 7: Property, plant and equipment

AssetGross block, RsDepreciation for the year, RsNet block, Rs
Land and building4,00,00020,0003,80,000
Machinery2,50,00025,0002,25,000
Total6,50,00045,0006,05,000

Note 8: Inventories, valued at cost, being lower than net realisable value

ParticularsRs
Raw materials80,000
Finished goods1,20,000
Total2,00,000

Note 9: Trade receivables

ParticularsRs
Unsecured, considered good2,00,000
Less: allowance for doubtful debts, 5 per cent(10,000)
Total1,90,000

Note 10: Cash and cash equivalents

ParticularsRs
Balances with banks1,10,000
Cash on hand3,000
Total1,13,000

Note 11: Revenue from operations

ParticularsRs
Sale of products10,00,000
Total10,00,000

Note 12: Other income

ParticularsRs
Rent received6,000
Total6,000

Notes 13 and 14 are working notes 1 and 2 above, being the cost of materials consumed of Rs 4,80,000 and the change in inventories of finished goods of Rs 30,000 as a reduction of expense.

munotes.in165

Practice Questions: Company Accounts

Note 15: Employee benefits expense

ParticularsRs
Factory wages, including Rs 10,000 outstanding1,60,000
Office salaries96,000
Total2,56,000

Note 16: Finance costs

ParticularsRs
Interest expense on the term loan12,000
Total12,000

Note 17 is working note 6, other expenses of Rs 1,23,000.

Note 18: Other current assets

ParticularsRs
Prepaid advertising8,000
Total8,000

Note 19: Proposed dividend, disclosed under head U of Schedule III

ParticularsRs
Dividend proposed by the Board at 12 per cent on 40,000 equity shares of Rs 10 each48,000
Total48,000

The amount per share is Rs 1.20. It is disclosed and not provided for, because the members have not declared it.

The proof: the two halves both come to Rs 11,16,000.

Answer 2

(a) The statutory books and registers

Register or bookSection
1Register of members88(1)(a)
2Register of debenture-holders88(1)(b)
3Register of other security holders88(1)(c)
4Index of names in each of those registers88(2)
5Foreign register, where the articles authorise one88(4)
6Register of significant beneficial owners90(2)
7Register of charges, with a copy of each instrument85(1)
8Register of directors and key managerial personnel and their shareholding170(1)
9Register of contracts or arrangements in which directors are interested189(1)
10Minute books of general meetings, postal ballots, Board and committee meetings118(1)
11Annual return, and copies of returns filed92(1), kept under 94(1)

Four of them, in detail.

The register of members, section 88(1)(a), is kept at the registered office under section 94(1), or at another place in India where more than one-tenth of the members reside if a special resolution so approves. Any member, debenture-holder, other security holder or beneficial owner may inspect it during business hours without fee, and any other person on payment of the prescribed fee.

The register of charges, section 85(1), is kept at the registered office with a copy of every instrument creating a charge. Any member or creditor may inspect it free, and any other person on payment of a fee, subject to reasonable restrictions in the articles.

The register of directors and key managerial personnel, section 170(1), is kept at the registered office. Under section 171 the members may inspect it during business hours, take extracts, and be given copies free of cost within thirty days, and it must be kept open at every annual general meeting.

The minute books of general meetings, section 118(1), are kept at the registered office under section 119(1)(a) and are open to inspection by any member without charge, for not less than two hours in each business day, with copies within seven working days on payment of the prescribed fee. Board minutes are not open to members.

munotes.in166

Practice Questions: Company Accounts

(b) Section 129

Sub-section (1) requires the financial statements to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs, to comply with the accounting standards notified under section 133, and to be in the form provided in Schedule III. The first proviso requires the items in them to be in accordance with the standards. The second proviso takes out insurance companies, banking companies, companies generating or supplying electricity and any class for which another Act prescribes a form, and the third proviso says their statements are not to be treated as failing the true and fair test merely because they omit what their own statutes do not require.

Sub-section (2) requires the Board to lay the financial statements before every annual general meeting.

Sub-section (3) requires a company with subsidiaries or associates to prepare a consolidated financial statement in the same form and lay it before the meeting along with its own, attaching a statement of the salient features of each subsidiary and associate. Sub-section (4) applies the rules on preparation, adoption and audit of a holding company's statements to the consolidated statements.

Sub-section (5) requires a company that does not comply with the standards to disclose the deviation, the reasons for it and its financial effects.

Sub-section (6) lets the Central Government exempt classes of companies in the public interest.

Sub-section (7) punishes default by the managing director, the whole-time director in charge of finance, the Chief Financial Officer or the person charged by the Board, and in their absence all the directors, with imprisonment up to one year or a fine of fifty thousand to five lakh rupees, or both.

The Explanation provides that a reference to the financial statement includes the notes annexed to or forming part of it.

Answer 3

(a) Current or non-current

ItemTestClassification
1Stock of finished goods(a), realised in the operating cycleCurrent asset
2Term loan instalment due 30 September 2027(c), due within twelve monthsCurrent liability, current maturity of long-term debt
3The remaining Rs 4,50,000Fails all fourNon-current liability, long-term borrowing
4Bank deposit maturing 31 December 2029Fails all fourNon-current asset
5Provision for gratuity payable on retirementFails all fourLong-term provision

Items two and three are one loan split in two, and Schedule III requires the current maturity of a long-term borrowing to be disclosed separately.

(b) Where each appears

ItemWhere
1Authorised share capitalIn the share capital note, disclosed above the total and not added to it
2Securities premiumUnder reserves and surplus, as one of the eight prescribed classes
3Debit balance in the statement of profit and lossAs a negative figure under Surplus within reserves and surplus, never on the asset side
4Calls unpaid by directorsIn the share capital note, calls unpaid showing the aggregate unpaid by directors and officers separately
5Estimated amount of contracts remaining to be executed on capital accountUnder commitments, in the contingent liabilities and commitments note, head T, and in no total
munotes.in167

Practice Questions: Company Accounts

(c) One sentence each

1. Eight financial years immediately preceding, together with the vouchers, under section 128(5), and longer if the Central Government so directs during an investigation.

2. Not less than twenty-one days before the meeting, under section 136(1), unless members holding ninety-five per cent of the voting capital agree to shorter notice.

3. Within thirty days of the annual general meeting, under section 137(1).

4. The Central Government prescribes them, on the recommendation of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, in consultation with the National Financial Reporting Authority, under section 133.

5. Because a proposed dividend is not an obligation until the members declare it, so Schedule III requires it to be disclosed under head U rather than recognised among current liabilities.

Marking yourself

If your answerThen
Put carriage inward in other expensesIt belongs in the cost of materials consumed
Put the raw material movement in changes in inventories as wellIt is already inside the cost of materials consumed; counting it twice moves the profit by 20,000
Charged the whole 10,000 provisionOnly the shortfall of 4,000 is charged
Charged only the 6,000 interest paidThe whole 12,000 is the finance cost, with 6,000 outstanding
Showed the proposed dividend of 48,000 as a short-term provisionIt is disclosed under head U; the members have not declared it
Added the authorised capital of 5,00,000 into the totalIt is a ceiling, disclosed and not added
Got a balance sheet total other than 11,16,000Check the six adjustments; each lands twice

Contents This chapter on its own page

munotes.in168

The rest of this subject

These notes are cut from the University's printed syllabus. Open the syllabus itself, or the past papers, for the same subject.

Report or request
Done!